summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/clang/lib/Basic
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'clang/lib/Basic')
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/Builtins.cpp120
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/CMakeLists.txt48
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/ConvertUTF.c564
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/Diagnostic.cpp878
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.cpp697
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/FileManager.cpp600
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/FileSystemStatCache.cpp122
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/IdentifierTable.cpp524
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/LangOptions.cpp32
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/Makefile40
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/Module.cpp274
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/SourceLocation.cpp138
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/SourceManager.cpp1896
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/TargetInfo.cpp491
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/Targets.cpp4208
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/TokenKinds.cpp39
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/Version.cpp144
-rw-r--r--clang/lib/Basic/VersionTuple.cpp36
18 files changed, 10851 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/Builtins.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/Builtins.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c78a292
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/Builtins.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+//===--- Builtins.cpp - Builtin function implementation -------------------===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements various things for builtin functions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+using namespace clang;
+
+static const Builtin::Info BuiltinInfo[] = {
+ { "not a builtin function", 0, 0, 0, ALL_LANGUAGES },
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) { #ID, TYPE, ATTRS, 0, ALL_LANGUAGES },
+#define LIBBUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER, BUILTIN_LANG) { #ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER,\
+ BUILTIN_LANG },
+#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
+};
+
+const Builtin::Info &Builtin::Context::GetRecord(unsigned ID) const {
+ if (ID < Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin)
+ return BuiltinInfo[ID];
+ assert(ID - Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin < NumTSRecords && "Invalid builtin ID!");
+ return TSRecords[ID - Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin];
+}
+
+Builtin::Context::Context() {
+ // Get the target specific builtins from the target.
+ TSRecords = 0;
+ NumTSRecords = 0;
+}
+
+void Builtin::Context::InitializeTarget(const TargetInfo &Target) {
+ assert(NumTSRecords == 0 && "Already initialized target?");
+ Target.getTargetBuiltins(TSRecords, NumTSRecords);
+}
+
+/// InitializeBuiltins - Mark the identifiers for all the builtins with their
+/// appropriate builtin ID # and mark any non-portable builtin identifiers as
+/// such.
+void Builtin::Context::InitializeBuiltins(IdentifierTable &Table,
+ const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
+ // Step #1: mark all target-independent builtins with their ID's.
+ for (unsigned i = Builtin::NotBuiltin+1; i != Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin; ++i)
+ if (!LangOpts.NoBuiltin || !strchr(BuiltinInfo[i].Attributes, 'f')) {
+ if (LangOpts.ObjC1 ||
+ BuiltinInfo[i].builtin_lang != clang::OBJC_LANG)
+ Table.get(BuiltinInfo[i].Name).setBuiltinID(i);
+ }
+
+ // Step #2: Register target-specific builtins.
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumTSRecords; i != e; ++i)
+ if (!LangOpts.NoBuiltin || !strchr(TSRecords[i].Attributes, 'f'))
+ Table.get(TSRecords[i].Name).setBuiltinID(i+Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin);
+}
+
+void
+Builtin::Context::GetBuiltinNames(SmallVectorImpl<const char *> &Names,
+ bool NoBuiltins) {
+ // Final all target-independent names
+ for (unsigned i = Builtin::NotBuiltin+1; i != Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin; ++i)
+ if (!NoBuiltins || !strchr(BuiltinInfo[i].Attributes, 'f'))
+ Names.push_back(BuiltinInfo[i].Name);
+
+ // Find target-specific names.
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumTSRecords; i != e; ++i)
+ if (!NoBuiltins || !strchr(TSRecords[i].Attributes, 'f'))
+ Names.push_back(TSRecords[i].Name);
+}
+
+void Builtin::Context::ForgetBuiltin(unsigned ID, IdentifierTable &Table) {
+ Table.get(GetRecord(ID).Name).setBuiltinID(0);
+}
+
+bool
+Builtin::Context::isPrintfLike(unsigned ID, unsigned &FormatIdx,
+ bool &HasVAListArg) {
+ const char *Printf = strpbrk(GetRecord(ID).Attributes, "pP");
+ if (!Printf)
+ return false;
+
+ HasVAListArg = (*Printf == 'P');
+
+ ++Printf;
+ assert(*Printf == ':' && "p or P specifier must have be followed by a ':'");
+ ++Printf;
+
+ assert(strchr(Printf, ':') && "printf specifier must end with a ':'");
+ FormatIdx = strtol(Printf, 0, 10);
+ return true;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Refactor with isPrintfLike.
+bool
+Builtin::Context::isScanfLike(unsigned ID, unsigned &FormatIdx,
+ bool &HasVAListArg) {
+ const char *Scanf = strpbrk(GetRecord(ID).Attributes, "sS");
+ if (!Scanf)
+ return false;
+
+ HasVAListArg = (*Scanf == 'S');
+
+ ++Scanf;
+ assert(*Scanf == ':' && "s or S specifier must have be followed by a ':'");
+ ++Scanf;
+
+ assert(strchr(Scanf, ':') && "printf specifier must end with a ':'");
+ FormatIdx = strtol(Scanf, 0, 10);
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/CMakeLists.txt b/clang/lib/Basic/CMakeLists.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef2e93c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+set(LLVM_LINK_COMPONENTS mc)
+
+add_clang_library(clangBasic
+ Builtins.cpp
+ ConvertUTF.c
+ Diagnostic.cpp
+ DiagnosticIDs.cpp
+ FileManager.cpp
+ FileSystemStatCache.cpp
+ IdentifierTable.cpp
+ LangOptions.cpp
+ Module.cpp
+ SourceLocation.cpp
+ SourceManager.cpp
+ TargetInfo.cpp
+ Targets.cpp
+ TokenKinds.cpp
+ Version.cpp
+ VersionTuple.cpp
+ )
+
+# Determine Subversion revision.
+# FIXME: This only gets updated when CMake is run, so this revision number
+# may be out-of-date!
+if( NOT IS_SYMLINK "${CLANG_SOURCE_DIR}" ) # See PR 8437
+ find_package(Subversion)
+endif()
+if (Subversion_FOUND AND EXISTS "${CLANG_SOURCE_DIR}/.svn")
+ Subversion_WC_INFO(${CLANG_SOURCE_DIR} CLANG)
+ set_source_files_properties(Version.cpp
+ PROPERTIES COMPILE_DEFINITIONS "SVN_REVISION=\"${CLANG_WC_REVISION}\"")
+endif()
+
+add_dependencies(clangBasic
+ ClangARMNeon
+ ClangAttrList
+ ClangDiagnosticAnalysis
+ ClangDiagnosticAST
+ ClangDiagnosticCommon
+ ClangDiagnosticDriver
+ ClangDiagnosticFrontend
+ ClangDiagnosticGroups
+ ClangDiagnosticLex
+ ClangDiagnosticParse
+ ClangDiagnosticSema
+ ClangDiagnosticSerialization
+ ClangDiagnosticIndexName)
+
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/ConvertUTF.c b/clang/lib/Basic/ConvertUTF.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e197003
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/ConvertUTF.c
@@ -0,0 +1,564 @@
+/*===--- ConvertUTF.c - Universal Character Names conversions ---------------===
+ *
+ * The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+ *
+ * This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+ * License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+ *
+ *===------------------------------------------------------------------------=*/
+/*
+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Unicode, Inc.
+ *
+ * Disclaimer
+ *
+ * This source code is provided as is by Unicode, Inc. No claims are
+ * made as to fitness for any particular purpose. No warranties of any
+ * kind are expressed or implied. The recipient agrees to determine
+ * applicability of information provided. If this file has been
+ * purchased on magnetic or optical media from Unicode, Inc., the
+ * sole remedy for any claim will be exchange of defective media
+ * within 90 days of receipt.
+ *
+ * Limitations on Rights to Redistribute This Code
+ *
+ * Unicode, Inc. hereby grants the right to freely use the information
+ * supplied in this file in the creation of products supporting the
+ * Unicode Standard, and to make copies of this file in any form
+ * for internal or external distribution as long as this notice
+ * remains attached.
+ */
+
+/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Conversions between UTF32, UTF-16, and UTF-8. Source code file.
+ Author: Mark E. Davis, 1994.
+ Rev History: Rick McGowan, fixes & updates May 2001.
+ Sept 2001: fixed const & error conditions per
+ mods suggested by S. Parent & A. Lillich.
+ June 2002: Tim Dodd added detection and handling of incomplete
+ source sequences, enhanced error detection, added casts
+ to eliminate compiler warnings.
+ July 2003: slight mods to back out aggressive FFFE detection.
+ Jan 2004: updated switches in from-UTF8 conversions.
+ Oct 2004: updated to use UNI_MAX_LEGAL_UTF32 in UTF-32 conversions.
+
+ See the header file "ConvertUTF.h" for complete documentation.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+
+#include "clang/Basic/ConvertUTF.h"
+#ifdef CVTUTF_DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+static const int halfShift = 10; /* used for shifting by 10 bits */
+
+static const UTF32 halfBase = 0x0010000UL;
+static const UTF32 halfMask = 0x3FFUL;
+
+#define UNI_SUR_HIGH_START (UTF32)0xD800
+#define UNI_SUR_HIGH_END (UTF32)0xDBFF
+#define UNI_SUR_LOW_START (UTF32)0xDC00
+#define UNI_SUR_LOW_END (UTF32)0xDFFF
+#define false 0
+#define true 1
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*
+ * Index into the table below with the first byte of a UTF-8 sequence to
+ * get the number of trailing bytes that are supposed to follow it.
+ * Note that *legal* UTF-8 values can't have 4 or 5-bytes. The table is
+ * left as-is for anyone who may want to do such conversion, which was
+ * allowed in earlier algorithms.
+ */
+static const char trailingBytesForUTF8[256] = {
+ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
+ 2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5
+};
+
+/*
+ * Magic values subtracted from a buffer value during UTF8 conversion.
+ * This table contains as many values as there might be trailing bytes
+ * in a UTF-8 sequence.
+ */
+static const UTF32 offsetsFromUTF8[6] = { 0x00000000UL, 0x00003080UL, 0x000E2080UL,
+ 0x03C82080UL, 0xFA082080UL, 0x82082080UL };
+
+/*
+ * Once the bits are split out into bytes of UTF-8, this is a mask OR-ed
+ * into the first byte, depending on how many bytes follow. There are
+ * as many entries in this table as there are UTF-8 sequence types.
+ * (I.e., one byte sequence, two byte... etc.). Remember that sequencs
+ * for *legal* UTF-8 will be 4 or fewer bytes total.
+ */
+static const UTF8 firstByteMark[7] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0xF0, 0xF8, 0xFC };
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* The interface converts a whole buffer to avoid function-call overhead.
+ * Constants have been gathered. Loops & conditionals have been removed as
+ * much as possible for efficiency, in favor of drop-through switches.
+ * (See "Note A" at the bottom of the file for equivalent code.)
+ * If your compiler supports it, the "isLegalUTF8" call can be turned
+ * into an inline function.
+ */
+
+#ifdef CLANG_NEEDS_THESE_ONE_DAY
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ConversionResult ConvertUTF32toUTF16 (
+ const UTF32** sourceStart, const UTF32* sourceEnd,
+ UTF16** targetStart, UTF16* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags) {
+ ConversionResult result = conversionOK;
+ const UTF32* source = *sourceStart;
+ UTF16* target = *targetStart;
+ while (source < sourceEnd) {
+ UTF32 ch;
+ if (target >= targetEnd) {
+ result = targetExhausted; break;
+ }
+ ch = *source++;
+ if (ch <= UNI_MAX_BMP) { /* Target is a character <= 0xFFFF */
+ /* UTF-16 surrogate values are illegal in UTF-32; 0xffff or 0xfffe are both reserved values */
+ if (ch >= UNI_SUR_HIGH_START && ch <= UNI_SUR_LOW_END) {
+ if (flags == strictConversion) {
+ --source; /* return to the illegal value itself */
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ break;
+ } else {
+ *target++ = UNI_REPLACEMENT_CHAR;
+ }
+ } else {
+ *target++ = (UTF16)ch; /* normal case */
+ }
+ } else if (ch > UNI_MAX_LEGAL_UTF32) {
+ if (flags == strictConversion) {
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ } else {
+ *target++ = UNI_REPLACEMENT_CHAR;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* target is a character in range 0xFFFF - 0x10FFFF. */
+ if (target + 1 >= targetEnd) {
+ --source; /* Back up source pointer! */
+ result = targetExhausted; break;
+ }
+ ch -= halfBase;
+ *target++ = (UTF16)((ch >> halfShift) + UNI_SUR_HIGH_START);
+ *target++ = (UTF16)((ch & halfMask) + UNI_SUR_LOW_START);
+ }
+ }
+ *sourceStart = source;
+ *targetStart = target;
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ConversionResult ConvertUTF16toUTF32 (
+ const UTF16** sourceStart, const UTF16* sourceEnd,
+ UTF32** targetStart, UTF32* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags) {
+ ConversionResult result = conversionOK;
+ const UTF16* source = *sourceStart;
+ UTF32* target = *targetStart;
+ UTF32 ch, ch2;
+ while (source < sourceEnd) {
+ const UTF16* oldSource = source; /* In case we have to back up because of target overflow. */
+ ch = *source++;
+ /* If we have a surrogate pair, convert to UTF32 first. */
+ if (ch >= UNI_SUR_HIGH_START && ch <= UNI_SUR_HIGH_END) {
+ /* If the 16 bits following the high surrogate are in the source buffer... */
+ if (source < sourceEnd) {
+ ch2 = *source;
+ /* If it's a low surrogate, convert to UTF32. */
+ if (ch2 >= UNI_SUR_LOW_START && ch2 <= UNI_SUR_LOW_END) {
+ ch = ((ch - UNI_SUR_HIGH_START) << halfShift)
+ + (ch2 - UNI_SUR_LOW_START) + halfBase;
+ ++source;
+ } else if (flags == strictConversion) { /* it's an unpaired high surrogate */
+ --source; /* return to the illegal value itself */
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ break;
+ }
+ } else { /* We don't have the 16 bits following the high surrogate. */
+ --source; /* return to the high surrogate */
+ result = sourceExhausted;
+ break;
+ }
+ } else if (flags == strictConversion) {
+ /* UTF-16 surrogate values are illegal in UTF-32 */
+ if (ch >= UNI_SUR_LOW_START && ch <= UNI_SUR_LOW_END) {
+ --source; /* return to the illegal value itself */
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (target >= targetEnd) {
+ source = oldSource; /* Back up source pointer! */
+ result = targetExhausted; break;
+ }
+ *target++ = ch;
+ }
+ *sourceStart = source;
+ *targetStart = target;
+#ifdef CVTUTF_DEBUG
+if (result == sourceIllegal) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "ConvertUTF16toUTF32 illegal seq 0x%04x,%04x\n", ch, ch2);
+ fflush(stderr);
+}
+#endif
+ return result;
+}
+ConversionResult ConvertUTF16toUTF8 (
+ const UTF16** sourceStart, const UTF16* sourceEnd,
+ UTF8** targetStart, UTF8* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags) {
+ ConversionResult result = conversionOK;
+ const UTF16* source = *sourceStart;
+ UTF8* target = *targetStart;
+ while (source < sourceEnd) {
+ UTF32 ch;
+ unsigned short bytesToWrite = 0;
+ const UTF32 byteMask = 0xBF;
+ const UTF32 byteMark = 0x80;
+ const UTF16* oldSource = source; /* In case we have to back up because of target overflow. */
+ ch = *source++;
+ /* If we have a surrogate pair, convert to UTF32 first. */
+ if (ch >= UNI_SUR_HIGH_START && ch <= UNI_SUR_HIGH_END) {
+ /* If the 16 bits following the high surrogate are in the source buffer... */
+ if (source < sourceEnd) {
+ UTF32 ch2 = *source;
+ /* If it's a low surrogate, convert to UTF32. */
+ if (ch2 >= UNI_SUR_LOW_START && ch2 <= UNI_SUR_LOW_END) {
+ ch = ((ch - UNI_SUR_HIGH_START) << halfShift)
+ + (ch2 - UNI_SUR_LOW_START) + halfBase;
+ ++source;
+ } else if (flags == strictConversion) { /* it's an unpaired high surrogate */
+ --source; /* return to the illegal value itself */
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ break;
+ }
+ } else { /* We don't have the 16 bits following the high surrogate. */
+ --source; /* return to the high surrogate */
+ result = sourceExhausted;
+ break;
+ }
+ } else if (flags == strictConversion) {
+ /* UTF-16 surrogate values are illegal in UTF-32 */
+ if (ch >= UNI_SUR_LOW_START && ch <= UNI_SUR_LOW_END) {
+ --source; /* return to the illegal value itself */
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Figure out how many bytes the result will require */
+ if (ch < (UTF32)0x80) { bytesToWrite = 1;
+ } else if (ch < (UTF32)0x800) { bytesToWrite = 2;
+ } else if (ch < (UTF32)0x10000) { bytesToWrite = 3;
+ } else if (ch < (UTF32)0x110000) { bytesToWrite = 4;
+ } else { bytesToWrite = 3;
+ ch = UNI_REPLACEMENT_CHAR;
+ }
+
+ target += bytesToWrite;
+ if (target > targetEnd) {
+ source = oldSource; /* Back up source pointer! */
+ target -= bytesToWrite; result = targetExhausted; break;
+ }
+ switch (bytesToWrite) { /* note: everything falls through. */
+ case 4: *--target = (UTF8)((ch | byteMark) & byteMask); ch >>= 6;
+ case 3: *--target = (UTF8)((ch | byteMark) & byteMask); ch >>= 6;
+ case 2: *--target = (UTF8)((ch | byteMark) & byteMask); ch >>= 6;
+ case 1: *--target = (UTF8)(ch | firstByteMark[bytesToWrite]);
+ }
+ target += bytesToWrite;
+ }
+ *sourceStart = source;
+ *targetStart = target;
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ConversionResult ConvertUTF32toUTF8 (
+ const UTF32** sourceStart, const UTF32* sourceEnd,
+ UTF8** targetStart, UTF8* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags) {
+ ConversionResult result = conversionOK;
+ const UTF32* source = *sourceStart;
+ UTF8* target = *targetStart;
+ while (source < sourceEnd) {
+ UTF32 ch;
+ unsigned short bytesToWrite = 0;
+ const UTF32 byteMask = 0xBF;
+ const UTF32 byteMark = 0x80;
+ ch = *source++;
+ if (flags == strictConversion ) {
+ /* UTF-16 surrogate values are illegal in UTF-32 */
+ if (ch >= UNI_SUR_HIGH_START && ch <= UNI_SUR_LOW_END) {
+ --source; /* return to the illegal value itself */
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /*
+ * Figure out how many bytes the result will require. Turn any
+ * illegally large UTF32 things (> Plane 17) into replacement chars.
+ */
+ if (ch < (UTF32)0x80) { bytesToWrite = 1;
+ } else if (ch < (UTF32)0x800) { bytesToWrite = 2;
+ } else if (ch < (UTF32)0x10000) { bytesToWrite = 3;
+ } else if (ch <= UNI_MAX_LEGAL_UTF32) { bytesToWrite = 4;
+ } else { bytesToWrite = 3;
+ ch = UNI_REPLACEMENT_CHAR;
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ }
+
+ target += bytesToWrite;
+ if (target > targetEnd) {
+ --source; /* Back up source pointer! */
+ target -= bytesToWrite; result = targetExhausted; break;
+ }
+ switch (bytesToWrite) { /* note: everything falls through. */
+ case 4: *--target = (UTF8)((ch | byteMark) & byteMask); ch >>= 6;
+ case 3: *--target = (UTF8)((ch | byteMark) & byteMask); ch >>= 6;
+ case 2: *--target = (UTF8)((ch | byteMark) & byteMask); ch >>= 6;
+ case 1: *--target = (UTF8) (ch | firstByteMark[bytesToWrite]);
+ }
+ target += bytesToWrite;
+ }
+ *sourceStart = source;
+ *targetStart = target;
+ return result;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*
+ * Utility routine to tell whether a sequence of bytes is legal UTF-8.
+ * This must be called with the length pre-determined by the first byte.
+ * If not calling this from ConvertUTF8to*, then the length can be set by:
+ * length = trailingBytesForUTF8[*source]+1;
+ * and the sequence is illegal right away if there aren't that many bytes
+ * available.
+ * If presented with a length > 4, this returns false. The Unicode
+ * definition of UTF-8 goes up to 4-byte sequences.
+ */
+
+static Boolean isLegalUTF8(const UTF8 *source, int length) {
+ UTF8 a;
+ const UTF8 *srcptr = source+length;
+ switch (length) {
+ default: return false;
+ /* Everything else falls through when "true"... */
+ case 4: if ((a = (*--srcptr)) < 0x80 || a > 0xBF) return false;
+ case 3: if ((a = (*--srcptr)) < 0x80 || a > 0xBF) return false;
+ case 2: if ((a = (*--srcptr)) > 0xBF) return false;
+
+ switch (*source) {
+ /* no fall-through in this inner switch */
+ case 0xE0: if (a < 0xA0) return false; break;
+ case 0xED: if (a > 0x9F) return false; break;
+ case 0xF0: if (a < 0x90) return false; break;
+ case 0xF4: if (a > 0x8F) return false; break;
+ default: if (a < 0x80) return false;
+ }
+
+ case 1: if (*source >= 0x80 && *source < 0xC2) return false;
+ }
+ if (*source > 0xF4) return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*
+ * Exported function to return whether a UTF-8 sequence is legal or not.
+ * This is not used here; it's just exported.
+ */
+Boolean isLegalUTF8Sequence(const UTF8 *source, const UTF8 *sourceEnd) {
+ int length = trailingBytesForUTF8[*source]+1;
+ if (length > sourceEnd - source) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ return isLegalUTF8(source, length);
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*
+ * Exported function to return whether a UTF-8 string is legal or not.
+ * This is not used here; it's just exported.
+ */
+Boolean isLegalUTF8String(const UTF8 *source, const UTF8 *sourceEnd) {
+ while (source != sourceEnd) {
+ int length = trailingBytesForUTF8[*source] + 1;
+ if (length > sourceEnd - source || !isLegalUTF8(source, length))
+ return false;
+ source += length;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ConversionResult ConvertUTF8toUTF16 (
+ const UTF8** sourceStart, const UTF8* sourceEnd,
+ UTF16** targetStart, UTF16* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags) {
+ ConversionResult result = conversionOK;
+ const UTF8* source = *sourceStart;
+ UTF16* target = *targetStart;
+ while (source < sourceEnd) {
+ UTF32 ch = 0;
+ unsigned short extraBytesToRead = trailingBytesForUTF8[*source];
+ if (extraBytesToRead >= sourceEnd - source) {
+ result = sourceExhausted; break;
+ }
+ /* Do this check whether lenient or strict */
+ if (!isLegalUTF8(source, extraBytesToRead+1)) {
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ break;
+ }
+ /*
+ * The cases all fall through. See "Note A" below.
+ */
+ switch (extraBytesToRead) {
+ case 5: ch += *source++; ch <<= 6; /* remember, illegal UTF-8 */
+ case 4: ch += *source++; ch <<= 6; /* remember, illegal UTF-8 */
+ case 3: ch += *source++; ch <<= 6;
+ case 2: ch += *source++; ch <<= 6;
+ case 1: ch += *source++; ch <<= 6;
+ case 0: ch += *source++;
+ }
+ ch -= offsetsFromUTF8[extraBytesToRead];
+
+ if (target >= targetEnd) {
+ source -= (extraBytesToRead+1); /* Back up source pointer! */
+ result = targetExhausted; break;
+ }
+ if (ch <= UNI_MAX_BMP) { /* Target is a character <= 0xFFFF */
+ /* UTF-16 surrogate values are illegal in UTF-32 */
+ if (ch >= UNI_SUR_HIGH_START && ch <= UNI_SUR_LOW_END) {
+ if (flags == strictConversion) {
+ source -= (extraBytesToRead+1); /* return to the illegal value itself */
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ break;
+ } else {
+ *target++ = UNI_REPLACEMENT_CHAR;
+ }
+ } else {
+ *target++ = (UTF16)ch; /* normal case */
+ }
+ } else if (ch > UNI_MAX_UTF16) {
+ if (flags == strictConversion) {
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ source -= (extraBytesToRead+1); /* return to the start */
+ break; /* Bail out; shouldn't continue */
+ } else {
+ *target++ = UNI_REPLACEMENT_CHAR;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* target is a character in range 0xFFFF - 0x10FFFF. */
+ if (target + 1 >= targetEnd) {
+ source -= (extraBytesToRead+1); /* Back up source pointer! */
+ result = targetExhausted; break;
+ }
+ ch -= halfBase;
+ *target++ = (UTF16)((ch >> halfShift) + UNI_SUR_HIGH_START);
+ *target++ = (UTF16)((ch & halfMask) + UNI_SUR_LOW_START);
+ }
+ }
+ *sourceStart = source;
+ *targetStart = target;
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ConversionResult ConvertUTF8toUTF32 (
+ const UTF8** sourceStart, const UTF8* sourceEnd,
+ UTF32** targetStart, UTF32* targetEnd, ConversionFlags flags) {
+ ConversionResult result = conversionOK;
+ const UTF8* source = *sourceStart;
+ UTF32* target = *targetStart;
+ while (source < sourceEnd) {
+ UTF32 ch = 0;
+ unsigned short extraBytesToRead = trailingBytesForUTF8[*source];
+ if (extraBytesToRead >= sourceEnd - source) {
+ result = sourceExhausted; break;
+ }
+ /* Do this check whether lenient or strict */
+ if (!isLegalUTF8(source, extraBytesToRead+1)) {
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ break;
+ }
+ /*
+ * The cases all fall through. See "Note A" below.
+ */
+ switch (extraBytesToRead) {
+ case 5: ch += *source++; ch <<= 6;
+ case 4: ch += *source++; ch <<= 6;
+ case 3: ch += *source++; ch <<= 6;
+ case 2: ch += *source++; ch <<= 6;
+ case 1: ch += *source++; ch <<= 6;
+ case 0: ch += *source++;
+ }
+ ch -= offsetsFromUTF8[extraBytesToRead];
+
+ if (target >= targetEnd) {
+ source -= (extraBytesToRead+1); /* Back up the source pointer! */
+ result = targetExhausted; break;
+ }
+ if (ch <= UNI_MAX_LEGAL_UTF32) {
+ /*
+ * UTF-16 surrogate values are illegal in UTF-32, and anything
+ * over Plane 17 (> 0x10FFFF) is illegal.
+ */
+ if (ch >= UNI_SUR_HIGH_START && ch <= UNI_SUR_LOW_END) {
+ if (flags == strictConversion) {
+ source -= (extraBytesToRead+1); /* return to the illegal value itself */
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ break;
+ } else {
+ *target++ = UNI_REPLACEMENT_CHAR;
+ }
+ } else {
+ *target++ = ch;
+ }
+ } else { /* i.e., ch > UNI_MAX_LEGAL_UTF32 */
+ result = sourceIllegal;
+ *target++ = UNI_REPLACEMENT_CHAR;
+ }
+ }
+ *sourceStart = source;
+ *targetStart = target;
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Note A.
+ The fall-through switches in UTF-8 reading code save a
+ temp variable, some decrements & conditionals. The switches
+ are equivalent to the following loop:
+ {
+ int tmpBytesToRead = extraBytesToRead+1;
+ do {
+ ch += *source++;
+ --tmpBytesToRead;
+ if (tmpBytesToRead) ch <<= 6;
+ } while (tmpBytesToRead > 0);
+ }
+ In UTF-8 writing code, the switches on "bytesToWrite" are
+ similarly unrolled loops.
+
+ --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/Diagnostic.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/Diagnostic.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7d5d87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/Diagnostic.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,878 @@
+//===--- Diagnostic.cpp - C Language Family Diagnostic Handling -----------===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the Diagnostic-related interfaces.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/CrashRecoveryContext.h"
+
+using namespace clang;
+
+static void DummyArgToStringFn(DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind AK, intptr_t QT,
+ const char *Modifier, unsigned ML,
+ const char *Argument, unsigned ArgLen,
+ const DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentValue *PrevArgs,
+ unsigned NumPrevArgs,
+ SmallVectorImpl<char> &Output,
+ void *Cookie,
+ ArrayRef<intptr_t> QualTypeVals) {
+ const char *Str = "<can't format argument>";
+ Output.append(Str, Str+strlen(Str));
+}
+
+
+DiagnosticsEngine::DiagnosticsEngine(
+ const IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticIDs> &diags,
+ DiagnosticConsumer *client, bool ShouldOwnClient)
+ : Diags(diags), Client(client), OwnsDiagClient(ShouldOwnClient),
+ SourceMgr(0) {
+ ArgToStringFn = DummyArgToStringFn;
+ ArgToStringCookie = 0;
+
+ AllExtensionsSilenced = 0;
+ IgnoreAllWarnings = false;
+ WarningsAsErrors = false;
+ EnableAllWarnings = false;
+ ErrorsAsFatal = false;
+ SuppressSystemWarnings = false;
+ SuppressAllDiagnostics = false;
+ ShowOverloads = Ovl_All;
+ ExtBehavior = Ext_Ignore;
+
+ ErrorLimit = 0;
+ TemplateBacktraceLimit = 0;
+ ConstexprBacktraceLimit = 0;
+
+ Reset();
+}
+
+DiagnosticsEngine::~DiagnosticsEngine() {
+ if (OwnsDiagClient)
+ delete Client;
+}
+
+void DiagnosticsEngine::setClient(DiagnosticConsumer *client,
+ bool ShouldOwnClient) {
+ if (OwnsDiagClient && Client)
+ delete Client;
+
+ Client = client;
+ OwnsDiagClient = ShouldOwnClient;
+}
+
+void DiagnosticsEngine::pushMappings(SourceLocation Loc) {
+ DiagStateOnPushStack.push_back(GetCurDiagState());
+}
+
+bool DiagnosticsEngine::popMappings(SourceLocation Loc) {
+ if (DiagStateOnPushStack.empty())
+ return false;
+
+ if (DiagStateOnPushStack.back() != GetCurDiagState()) {
+ // State changed at some point between push/pop.
+ PushDiagStatePoint(DiagStateOnPushStack.back(), Loc);
+ }
+ DiagStateOnPushStack.pop_back();
+ return true;
+}
+
+void DiagnosticsEngine::Reset() {
+ ErrorOccurred = false;
+ FatalErrorOccurred = false;
+ UnrecoverableErrorOccurred = false;
+
+ NumWarnings = 0;
+ NumErrors = 0;
+ NumErrorsSuppressed = 0;
+ TrapNumErrorsOccurred = 0;
+ TrapNumUnrecoverableErrorsOccurred = 0;
+
+ CurDiagID = ~0U;
+ // Set LastDiagLevel to an "unset" state. If we set it to 'Ignored', notes
+ // using a DiagnosticsEngine associated to a translation unit that follow
+ // diagnostics from a DiagnosticsEngine associated to anoter t.u. will not be
+ // displayed.
+ LastDiagLevel = (DiagnosticIDs::Level)-1;
+ DelayedDiagID = 0;
+
+ // Clear state related to #pragma diagnostic.
+ DiagStates.clear();
+ DiagStatePoints.clear();
+ DiagStateOnPushStack.clear();
+
+ // Create a DiagState and DiagStatePoint representing diagnostic changes
+ // through command-line.
+ DiagStates.push_back(DiagState());
+ PushDiagStatePoint(&DiagStates.back(), SourceLocation());
+}
+
+void DiagnosticsEngine::SetDelayedDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID, StringRef Arg1,
+ StringRef Arg2) {
+ if (DelayedDiagID)
+ return;
+
+ DelayedDiagID = DiagID;
+ DelayedDiagArg1 = Arg1.str();
+ DelayedDiagArg2 = Arg2.str();
+}
+
+void DiagnosticsEngine::ReportDelayed() {
+ Report(DelayedDiagID) << DelayedDiagArg1 << DelayedDiagArg2;
+ DelayedDiagID = 0;
+ DelayedDiagArg1.clear();
+ DelayedDiagArg2.clear();
+}
+
+DiagnosticsEngine::DiagStatePointsTy::iterator
+DiagnosticsEngine::GetDiagStatePointForLoc(SourceLocation L) const {
+ assert(!DiagStatePoints.empty());
+ assert(DiagStatePoints.front().Loc.isInvalid() &&
+ "Should have created a DiagStatePoint for command-line");
+
+ FullSourceLoc Loc(L, *SourceMgr);
+ if (Loc.isInvalid())
+ return DiagStatePoints.end() - 1;
+
+ DiagStatePointsTy::iterator Pos = DiagStatePoints.end();
+ FullSourceLoc LastStateChangePos = DiagStatePoints.back().Loc;
+ if (LastStateChangePos.isValid() &&
+ Loc.isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan(LastStateChangePos))
+ Pos = std::upper_bound(DiagStatePoints.begin(), DiagStatePoints.end(),
+ DiagStatePoint(0, Loc));
+ --Pos;
+ return Pos;
+}
+
+/// \brief This allows the client to specify that certain
+/// warnings are ignored. Notes can never be mapped, errors can only be
+/// mapped to fatal, and WARNINGs and EXTENSIONs can be mapped arbitrarily.
+///
+/// \param The source location that this change of diagnostic state should
+/// take affect. It can be null if we are setting the latest state.
+void DiagnosticsEngine::setDiagnosticMapping(diag::kind Diag, diag::Mapping Map,
+ SourceLocation L) {
+ assert(Diag < diag::DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT &&
+ "Can only map builtin diagnostics");
+ assert((Diags->isBuiltinWarningOrExtension(Diag) ||
+ (Map == diag::MAP_FATAL || Map == diag::MAP_ERROR)) &&
+ "Cannot map errors into warnings!");
+ assert(!DiagStatePoints.empty());
+
+ FullSourceLoc Loc(L, *SourceMgr);
+ FullSourceLoc LastStateChangePos = DiagStatePoints.back().Loc;
+ // Don't allow a mapping to a warning override an error/fatal mapping.
+ if (Map == diag::MAP_WARNING) {
+ DiagnosticMappingInfo &Info = GetCurDiagState()->getOrAddMappingInfo(Diag);
+ if (Info.getMapping() == diag::MAP_ERROR ||
+ Info.getMapping() == diag::MAP_FATAL)
+ Map = Info.getMapping();
+ }
+ DiagnosticMappingInfo MappingInfo = makeMappingInfo(Map, L);
+
+ // Common case; setting all the diagnostics of a group in one place.
+ if (Loc.isInvalid() || Loc == LastStateChangePos) {
+ GetCurDiagState()->setMappingInfo(Diag, MappingInfo);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Another common case; modifying diagnostic state in a source location
+ // after the previous one.
+ if ((Loc.isValid() && LastStateChangePos.isInvalid()) ||
+ LastStateChangePos.isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan(Loc)) {
+ // A diagnostic pragma occurred, create a new DiagState initialized with
+ // the current one and a new DiagStatePoint to record at which location
+ // the new state became active.
+ DiagStates.push_back(*GetCurDiagState());
+ PushDiagStatePoint(&DiagStates.back(), Loc);
+ GetCurDiagState()->setMappingInfo(Diag, MappingInfo);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // We allow setting the diagnostic state in random source order for
+ // completeness but it should not be actually happening in normal practice.
+
+ DiagStatePointsTy::iterator Pos = GetDiagStatePointForLoc(Loc);
+ assert(Pos != DiagStatePoints.end());
+
+ // Update all diagnostic states that are active after the given location.
+ for (DiagStatePointsTy::iterator
+ I = Pos+1, E = DiagStatePoints.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ GetCurDiagState()->setMappingInfo(Diag, MappingInfo);
+ }
+
+ // If the location corresponds to an existing point, just update its state.
+ if (Pos->Loc == Loc) {
+ GetCurDiagState()->setMappingInfo(Diag, MappingInfo);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Create a new state/point and fit it into the vector of DiagStatePoints
+ // so that the vector is always ordered according to location.
+ Pos->Loc.isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan(Loc);
+ DiagStates.push_back(*Pos->State);
+ DiagState *NewState = &DiagStates.back();
+ GetCurDiagState()->setMappingInfo(Diag, MappingInfo);
+ DiagStatePoints.insert(Pos+1, DiagStatePoint(NewState,
+ FullSourceLoc(Loc, *SourceMgr)));
+}
+
+bool DiagnosticsEngine::setDiagnosticGroupMapping(
+ StringRef Group, diag::Mapping Map, SourceLocation Loc)
+{
+ // Get the diagnostics in this group.
+ llvm::SmallVector<diag::kind, 8> GroupDiags;
+ if (Diags->getDiagnosticsInGroup(Group, GroupDiags))
+ return true;
+
+ // Set the mapping.
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = GroupDiags.size(); i != e; ++i)
+ setDiagnosticMapping(GroupDiags[i], Map, Loc);
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+void DiagnosticsEngine::setDiagnosticWarningAsError(diag::kind Diag,
+ bool Enabled) {
+ // If we are enabling this feature, just set the diagnostic mappings to map to
+ // errors.
+ if (Enabled)
+ setDiagnosticMapping(Diag, diag::MAP_ERROR, SourceLocation());
+
+ // Otherwise, we want to set the diagnostic mapping's "no Werror" bit, and
+ // potentially downgrade anything already mapped to be a warning.
+ DiagnosticMappingInfo &Info = GetCurDiagState()->getOrAddMappingInfo(Diag);
+
+ if (Info.getMapping() == diag::MAP_ERROR ||
+ Info.getMapping() == diag::MAP_FATAL)
+ Info.setMapping(diag::MAP_WARNING);
+
+ Info.setNoWarningAsError(true);
+}
+
+bool DiagnosticsEngine::setDiagnosticGroupWarningAsError(StringRef Group,
+ bool Enabled) {
+ // If we are enabling this feature, just set the diagnostic mappings to map to
+ // errors.
+ if (Enabled)
+ return setDiagnosticGroupMapping(Group, diag::MAP_ERROR);
+
+ // Otherwise, we want to set the diagnostic mapping's "no Werror" bit, and
+ // potentially downgrade anything already mapped to be a warning.
+
+ // Get the diagnostics in this group.
+ llvm::SmallVector<diag::kind, 8> GroupDiags;
+ if (Diags->getDiagnosticsInGroup(Group, GroupDiags))
+ return true;
+
+ // Perform the mapping change.
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = GroupDiags.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+ DiagnosticMappingInfo &Info = GetCurDiagState()->getOrAddMappingInfo(
+ GroupDiags[i]);
+
+ if (Info.getMapping() == diag::MAP_ERROR ||
+ Info.getMapping() == diag::MAP_FATAL)
+ Info.setMapping(diag::MAP_WARNING);
+
+ Info.setNoWarningAsError(true);
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+void DiagnosticsEngine::setDiagnosticErrorAsFatal(diag::kind Diag,
+ bool Enabled) {
+ // If we are enabling this feature, just set the diagnostic mappings to map to
+ // errors.
+ if (Enabled)
+ setDiagnosticMapping(Diag, diag::MAP_FATAL, SourceLocation());
+
+ // Otherwise, we want to set the diagnostic mapping's "no Werror" bit, and
+ // potentially downgrade anything already mapped to be a warning.
+ DiagnosticMappingInfo &Info = GetCurDiagState()->getOrAddMappingInfo(Diag);
+
+ if (Info.getMapping() == diag::MAP_FATAL)
+ Info.setMapping(diag::MAP_ERROR);
+
+ Info.setNoErrorAsFatal(true);
+}
+
+bool DiagnosticsEngine::setDiagnosticGroupErrorAsFatal(StringRef Group,
+ bool Enabled) {
+ // If we are enabling this feature, just set the diagnostic mappings to map to
+ // fatal errors.
+ if (Enabled)
+ return setDiagnosticGroupMapping(Group, diag::MAP_FATAL);
+
+ // Otherwise, we want to set the diagnostic mapping's "no Werror" bit, and
+ // potentially downgrade anything already mapped to be an error.
+
+ // Get the diagnostics in this group.
+ llvm::SmallVector<diag::kind, 8> GroupDiags;
+ if (Diags->getDiagnosticsInGroup(Group, GroupDiags))
+ return true;
+
+ // Perform the mapping change.
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = GroupDiags.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+ DiagnosticMappingInfo &Info = GetCurDiagState()->getOrAddMappingInfo(
+ GroupDiags[i]);
+
+ if (Info.getMapping() == diag::MAP_FATAL)
+ Info.setMapping(diag::MAP_ERROR);
+
+ Info.setNoErrorAsFatal(true);
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+void DiagnosticsEngine::setMappingToAllDiagnostics(diag::Mapping Map,
+ SourceLocation Loc) {
+ // Get all the diagnostics.
+ llvm::SmallVector<diag::kind, 64> AllDiags;
+ Diags->getAllDiagnostics(AllDiags);
+
+ // Set the mapping.
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = AllDiags.size(); i != e; ++i)
+ if (Diags->isBuiltinWarningOrExtension(AllDiags[i]))
+ setDiagnosticMapping(AllDiags[i], Map, Loc);
+}
+
+void DiagnosticsEngine::Report(const StoredDiagnostic &storedDiag) {
+ assert(CurDiagID == ~0U && "Multiple diagnostics in flight at once!");
+
+ CurDiagLoc = storedDiag.getLocation();
+ CurDiagID = storedDiag.getID();
+ NumDiagArgs = 0;
+
+ NumDiagRanges = storedDiag.range_size();
+ assert(NumDiagRanges < DiagnosticsEngine::MaxRanges &&
+ "Too many arguments to diagnostic!");
+ unsigned i = 0;
+ for (StoredDiagnostic::range_iterator
+ RI = storedDiag.range_begin(),
+ RE = storedDiag.range_end(); RI != RE; ++RI)
+ DiagRanges[i++] = *RI;
+
+ assert(NumDiagRanges < DiagnosticsEngine::MaxFixItHints &&
+ "Too many arguments to diagnostic!");
+ NumDiagFixItHints = 0;
+ for (StoredDiagnostic::fixit_iterator
+ FI = storedDiag.fixit_begin(),
+ FE = storedDiag.fixit_end(); FI != FE; ++FI)
+ DiagFixItHints[NumDiagFixItHints++] = *FI;
+
+ assert(Client && "DiagnosticConsumer not set!");
+ Level DiagLevel = storedDiag.getLevel();
+ Diagnostic Info(this, storedDiag.getMessage());
+ Client->HandleDiagnostic(DiagLevel, Info);
+ if (Client->IncludeInDiagnosticCounts()) {
+ if (DiagLevel == DiagnosticsEngine::Warning)
+ ++NumWarnings;
+ }
+
+ CurDiagID = ~0U;
+}
+
+bool DiagnosticsEngine::EmitCurrentDiagnostic() {
+ // Process the diagnostic, sending the accumulated information to the
+ // DiagnosticConsumer.
+ bool Emitted = ProcessDiag();
+
+ // Clear out the current diagnostic object.
+ unsigned DiagID = CurDiagID;
+ Clear();
+
+ // If there was a delayed diagnostic, emit it now.
+ if (DelayedDiagID && DelayedDiagID != DiagID)
+ ReportDelayed();
+
+ return Emitted;
+}
+
+
+DiagnosticConsumer::~DiagnosticConsumer() {}
+
+void DiagnosticConsumer::HandleDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level DiagLevel,
+ const Diagnostic &Info) {
+ if (!IncludeInDiagnosticCounts())
+ return;
+
+ if (DiagLevel == DiagnosticsEngine::Warning)
+ ++NumWarnings;
+ else if (DiagLevel >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error)
+ ++NumErrors;
+}
+
+/// ModifierIs - Return true if the specified modifier matches specified string.
+template <std::size_t StrLen>
+static bool ModifierIs(const char *Modifier, unsigned ModifierLen,
+ const char (&Str)[StrLen]) {
+ return StrLen-1 == ModifierLen && !memcmp(Modifier, Str, StrLen-1);
+}
+
+/// ScanForward - Scans forward, looking for the given character, skipping
+/// nested clauses and escaped characters.
+static const char *ScanFormat(const char *I, const char *E, char Target) {
+ unsigned Depth = 0;
+
+ for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
+ if (Depth == 0 && *I == Target) return I;
+ if (Depth != 0 && *I == '}') Depth--;
+
+ if (*I == '%') {
+ I++;
+ if (I == E) break;
+
+ // Escaped characters get implicitly skipped here.
+
+ // Format specifier.
+ if (!isdigit(*I) && !ispunct(*I)) {
+ for (I++; I != E && !isdigit(*I) && *I != '{'; I++) ;
+ if (I == E) break;
+ if (*I == '{')
+ Depth++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return E;
+}
+
+/// HandleSelectModifier - Handle the integer 'select' modifier. This is used
+/// like this: %select{foo|bar|baz}2. This means that the integer argument
+/// "%2" has a value from 0-2. If the value is 0, the diagnostic prints 'foo'.
+/// If the value is 1, it prints 'bar'. If it has the value 2, it prints 'baz'.
+/// This is very useful for certain classes of variant diagnostics.
+static void HandleSelectModifier(const Diagnostic &DInfo, unsigned ValNo,
+ const char *Argument, unsigned ArgumentLen,
+ SmallVectorImpl<char> &OutStr) {
+ const char *ArgumentEnd = Argument+ArgumentLen;
+
+ // Skip over 'ValNo' |'s.
+ while (ValNo) {
+ const char *NextVal = ScanFormat(Argument, ArgumentEnd, '|');
+ assert(NextVal != ArgumentEnd && "Value for integer select modifier was"
+ " larger than the number of options in the diagnostic string!");
+ Argument = NextVal+1; // Skip this string.
+ --ValNo;
+ }
+
+ // Get the end of the value. This is either the } or the |.
+ const char *EndPtr = ScanFormat(Argument, ArgumentEnd, '|');
+
+ // Recursively format the result of the select clause into the output string.
+ DInfo.FormatDiagnostic(Argument, EndPtr, OutStr);
+}
+
+/// HandleIntegerSModifier - Handle the integer 's' modifier. This adds the
+/// letter 's' to the string if the value is not 1. This is used in cases like
+/// this: "you idiot, you have %4 parameter%s4!".
+static void HandleIntegerSModifier(unsigned ValNo,
+ SmallVectorImpl<char> &OutStr) {
+ if (ValNo != 1)
+ OutStr.push_back('s');
+}
+
+/// HandleOrdinalModifier - Handle the integer 'ord' modifier. This
+/// prints the ordinal form of the given integer, with 1 corresponding
+/// to the first ordinal. Currently this is hard-coded to use the
+/// English form.
+static void HandleOrdinalModifier(unsigned ValNo,
+ SmallVectorImpl<char> &OutStr) {
+ assert(ValNo != 0 && "ValNo must be strictly positive!");
+
+ llvm::raw_svector_ostream Out(OutStr);
+
+ // We could use text forms for the first N ordinals, but the numeric
+ // forms are actually nicer in diagnostics because they stand out.
+ Out << ValNo;
+
+ // It is critically important that we do this perfectly for
+ // user-written sequences with over 100 elements.
+ switch (ValNo % 100) {
+ case 11:
+ case 12:
+ case 13:
+ Out << "th"; return;
+ default:
+ switch (ValNo % 10) {
+ case 1: Out << "st"; return;
+ case 2: Out << "nd"; return;
+ case 3: Out << "rd"; return;
+ default: Out << "th"; return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/// PluralNumber - Parse an unsigned integer and advance Start.
+static unsigned PluralNumber(const char *&Start, const char *End) {
+ // Programming 101: Parse a decimal number :-)
+ unsigned Val = 0;
+ while (Start != End && *Start >= '0' && *Start <= '9') {
+ Val *= 10;
+ Val += *Start - '0';
+ ++Start;
+ }
+ return Val;
+}
+
+/// TestPluralRange - Test if Val is in the parsed range. Modifies Start.
+static bool TestPluralRange(unsigned Val, const char *&Start, const char *End) {
+ if (*Start != '[') {
+ unsigned Ref = PluralNumber(Start, End);
+ return Ref == Val;
+ }
+
+ ++Start;
+ unsigned Low = PluralNumber(Start, End);
+ assert(*Start == ',' && "Bad plural expression syntax: expected ,");
+ ++Start;
+ unsigned High = PluralNumber(Start, End);
+ assert(*Start == ']' && "Bad plural expression syntax: expected )");
+ ++Start;
+ return Low <= Val && Val <= High;
+}
+
+/// EvalPluralExpr - Actual expression evaluator for HandlePluralModifier.
+static bool EvalPluralExpr(unsigned ValNo, const char *Start, const char *End) {
+ // Empty condition?
+ if (*Start == ':')
+ return true;
+
+ while (1) {
+ char C = *Start;
+ if (C == '%') {
+ // Modulo expression
+ ++Start;
+ unsigned Arg = PluralNumber(Start, End);
+ assert(*Start == '=' && "Bad plural expression syntax: expected =");
+ ++Start;
+ unsigned ValMod = ValNo % Arg;
+ if (TestPluralRange(ValMod, Start, End))
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ assert((C == '[' || (C >= '0' && C <= '9')) &&
+ "Bad plural expression syntax: unexpected character");
+ // Range expression
+ if (TestPluralRange(ValNo, Start, End))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // Scan for next or-expr part.
+ Start = std::find(Start, End, ',');
+ if (Start == End)
+ break;
+ ++Start;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// HandlePluralModifier - Handle the integer 'plural' modifier. This is used
+/// for complex plural forms, or in languages where all plurals are complex.
+/// The syntax is: %plural{cond1:form1|cond2:form2|:form3}, where condn are
+/// conditions that are tested in order, the form corresponding to the first
+/// that applies being emitted. The empty condition is always true, making the
+/// last form a default case.
+/// Conditions are simple boolean expressions, where n is the number argument.
+/// Here are the rules.
+/// condition := expression | empty
+/// empty := -> always true
+/// expression := numeric [',' expression] -> logical or
+/// numeric := range -> true if n in range
+/// | '%' number '=' range -> true if n % number in range
+/// range := number
+/// | '[' number ',' number ']' -> ranges are inclusive both ends
+///
+/// Here are some examples from the GNU gettext manual written in this form:
+/// English:
+/// {1:form0|:form1}
+/// Latvian:
+/// {0:form2|%100=11,%10=0,%10=[2,9]:form1|:form0}
+/// Gaeilge:
+/// {1:form0|2:form1|:form2}
+/// Romanian:
+/// {1:form0|0,%100=[1,19]:form1|:form2}
+/// Lithuanian:
+/// {%10=0,%100=[10,19]:form2|%10=1:form0|:form1}
+/// Russian (requires repeated form):
+/// {%100=[11,14]:form2|%10=1:form0|%10=[2,4]:form1|:form2}
+/// Slovak
+/// {1:form0|[2,4]:form1|:form2}
+/// Polish (requires repeated form):
+/// {1:form0|%100=[10,20]:form2|%10=[2,4]:form1|:form2}
+static void HandlePluralModifier(const Diagnostic &DInfo, unsigned ValNo,
+ const char *Argument, unsigned ArgumentLen,
+ SmallVectorImpl<char> &OutStr) {
+ const char *ArgumentEnd = Argument + ArgumentLen;
+ while (1) {
+ assert(Argument < ArgumentEnd && "Plural expression didn't match.");
+ const char *ExprEnd = Argument;
+ while (*ExprEnd != ':') {
+ assert(ExprEnd != ArgumentEnd && "Plural missing expression end");
+ ++ExprEnd;
+ }
+ if (EvalPluralExpr(ValNo, Argument, ExprEnd)) {
+ Argument = ExprEnd + 1;
+ ExprEnd = ScanFormat(Argument, ArgumentEnd, '|');
+
+ // Recursively format the result of the plural clause into the
+ // output string.
+ DInfo.FormatDiagnostic(Argument, ExprEnd, OutStr);
+ return;
+ }
+ Argument = ScanFormat(Argument, ArgumentEnd - 1, '|') + 1;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/// FormatDiagnostic - Format this diagnostic into a string, substituting the
+/// formal arguments into the %0 slots. The result is appended onto the Str
+/// array.
+void Diagnostic::
+FormatDiagnostic(SmallVectorImpl<char> &OutStr) const {
+ if (!StoredDiagMessage.empty()) {
+ OutStr.append(StoredDiagMessage.begin(), StoredDiagMessage.end());
+ return;
+ }
+
+ StringRef Diag =
+ getDiags()->getDiagnosticIDs()->getDescription(getID());
+
+ FormatDiagnostic(Diag.begin(), Diag.end(), OutStr);
+}
+
+void Diagnostic::
+FormatDiagnostic(const char *DiagStr, const char *DiagEnd,
+ SmallVectorImpl<char> &OutStr) const {
+
+ /// FormattedArgs - Keep track of all of the arguments formatted by
+ /// ConvertArgToString and pass them into subsequent calls to
+ /// ConvertArgToString, allowing the implementation to avoid redundancies in
+ /// obvious cases.
+ SmallVector<DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentValue, 8> FormattedArgs;
+
+ /// QualTypeVals - Pass a vector of arrays so that QualType names can be
+ /// compared to see if more information is needed to be printed.
+ SmallVector<intptr_t, 2> QualTypeVals;
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumArgs(); i < e; ++i)
+ if (getArgKind(i) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype)
+ QualTypeVals.push_back(getRawArg(i));
+
+ while (DiagStr != DiagEnd) {
+ if (DiagStr[0] != '%') {
+ // Append non-%0 substrings to Str if we have one.
+ const char *StrEnd = std::find(DiagStr, DiagEnd, '%');
+ OutStr.append(DiagStr, StrEnd);
+ DiagStr = StrEnd;
+ continue;
+ } else if (ispunct(DiagStr[1])) {
+ OutStr.push_back(DiagStr[1]); // %% -> %.
+ DiagStr += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // Skip the %.
+ ++DiagStr;
+
+ // This must be a placeholder for a diagnostic argument. The format for a
+ // placeholder is one of "%0", "%modifier0", or "%modifier{arguments}0".
+ // The digit is a number from 0-9 indicating which argument this comes from.
+ // The modifier is a string of digits from the set [-a-z]+, arguments is a
+ // brace enclosed string.
+ const char *Modifier = 0, *Argument = 0;
+ unsigned ModifierLen = 0, ArgumentLen = 0;
+
+ // Check to see if we have a modifier. If so eat it.
+ if (!isdigit(DiagStr[0])) {
+ Modifier = DiagStr;
+ while (DiagStr[0] == '-' ||
+ (DiagStr[0] >= 'a' && DiagStr[0] <= 'z'))
+ ++DiagStr;
+ ModifierLen = DiagStr-Modifier;
+
+ // If we have an argument, get it next.
+ if (DiagStr[0] == '{') {
+ ++DiagStr; // Skip {.
+ Argument = DiagStr;
+
+ DiagStr = ScanFormat(DiagStr, DiagEnd, '}');
+ assert(DiagStr != DiagEnd && "Mismatched {}'s in diagnostic string!");
+ ArgumentLen = DiagStr-Argument;
+ ++DiagStr; // Skip }.
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert(isdigit(*DiagStr) && "Invalid format for argument in diagnostic");
+ unsigned ArgNo = *DiagStr++ - '0';
+
+ DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind Kind = getArgKind(ArgNo);
+
+ switch (Kind) {
+ // ---- STRINGS ----
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string: {
+ const std::string &S = getArgStdStr(ArgNo);
+ assert(ModifierLen == 0 && "No modifiers for strings yet");
+ OutStr.append(S.begin(), S.end());
+ break;
+ }
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::ak_c_string: {
+ const char *S = getArgCStr(ArgNo);
+ assert(ModifierLen == 0 && "No modifiers for strings yet");
+
+ // Don't crash if get passed a null pointer by accident.
+ if (!S)
+ S = "(null)";
+
+ OutStr.append(S, S + strlen(S));
+ break;
+ }
+ // ---- INTEGERS ----
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::ak_sint: {
+ int Val = getArgSInt(ArgNo);
+
+ if (ModifierIs(Modifier, ModifierLen, "select")) {
+ HandleSelectModifier(*this, (unsigned)Val, Argument, ArgumentLen,
+ OutStr);
+ } else if (ModifierIs(Modifier, ModifierLen, "s")) {
+ HandleIntegerSModifier(Val, OutStr);
+ } else if (ModifierIs(Modifier, ModifierLen, "plural")) {
+ HandlePluralModifier(*this, (unsigned)Val, Argument, ArgumentLen,
+ OutStr);
+ } else if (ModifierIs(Modifier, ModifierLen, "ordinal")) {
+ HandleOrdinalModifier((unsigned)Val, OutStr);
+ } else {
+ assert(ModifierLen == 0 && "Unknown integer modifier");
+ llvm::raw_svector_ostream(OutStr) << Val;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::ak_uint: {
+ unsigned Val = getArgUInt(ArgNo);
+
+ if (ModifierIs(Modifier, ModifierLen, "select")) {
+ HandleSelectModifier(*this, Val, Argument, ArgumentLen, OutStr);
+ } else if (ModifierIs(Modifier, ModifierLen, "s")) {
+ HandleIntegerSModifier(Val, OutStr);
+ } else if (ModifierIs(Modifier, ModifierLen, "plural")) {
+ HandlePluralModifier(*this, (unsigned)Val, Argument, ArgumentLen,
+ OutStr);
+ } else if (ModifierIs(Modifier, ModifierLen, "ordinal")) {
+ HandleOrdinalModifier(Val, OutStr);
+ } else {
+ assert(ModifierLen == 0 && "Unknown integer modifier");
+ llvm::raw_svector_ostream(OutStr) << Val;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ // ---- NAMES and TYPES ----
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::ak_identifierinfo: {
+ const IdentifierInfo *II = getArgIdentifier(ArgNo);
+ assert(ModifierLen == 0 && "No modifiers for strings yet");
+
+ // Don't crash if get passed a null pointer by accident.
+ if (!II) {
+ const char *S = "(null)";
+ OutStr.append(S, S + strlen(S));
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ llvm::raw_svector_ostream(OutStr) << '\'' << II->getName() << '\'';
+ break;
+ }
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype:
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::ak_declarationname:
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::ak_nameddecl:
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::ak_nestednamespec:
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::ak_declcontext:
+ getDiags()->ConvertArgToString(Kind, getRawArg(ArgNo),
+ Modifier, ModifierLen,
+ Argument, ArgumentLen,
+ FormattedArgs.data(), FormattedArgs.size(),
+ OutStr, QualTypeVals);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Remember this argument info for subsequent formatting operations. Turn
+ // std::strings into a null terminated string to make it be the same case as
+ // all the other ones.
+ if (Kind != DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string)
+ FormattedArgs.push_back(std::make_pair(Kind, getRawArg(ArgNo)));
+ else
+ FormattedArgs.push_back(std::make_pair(DiagnosticsEngine::ak_c_string,
+ (intptr_t)getArgStdStr(ArgNo).c_str()));
+
+ }
+}
+
+StoredDiagnostic::StoredDiagnostic() { }
+
+StoredDiagnostic::StoredDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level, unsigned ID,
+ StringRef Message)
+ : ID(ID), Level(Level), Loc(), Message(Message) { }
+
+StoredDiagnostic::StoredDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level,
+ const Diagnostic &Info)
+ : ID(Info.getID()), Level(Level)
+{
+ assert((Info.getLocation().isInvalid() || Info.hasSourceManager()) &&
+ "Valid source location without setting a source manager for diagnostic");
+ if (Info.getLocation().isValid())
+ Loc = FullSourceLoc(Info.getLocation(), Info.getSourceManager());
+ SmallString<64> Message;
+ Info.FormatDiagnostic(Message);
+ this->Message.assign(Message.begin(), Message.end());
+
+ Ranges.reserve(Info.getNumRanges());
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Info.getNumRanges(); I != N; ++I)
+ Ranges.push_back(Info.getRange(I));
+
+ FixIts.reserve(Info.getNumFixItHints());
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Info.getNumFixItHints(); I != N; ++I)
+ FixIts.push_back(Info.getFixItHint(I));
+}
+
+StoredDiagnostic::StoredDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level, unsigned ID,
+ StringRef Message, FullSourceLoc Loc,
+ ArrayRef<CharSourceRange> Ranges,
+ ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixits)
+ : ID(ID), Level(Level), Loc(Loc), Message(Message)
+{
+ this->Ranges.assign(Ranges.begin(), Ranges.end());
+ this->FixIts.assign(FixIts.begin(), FixIts.end());
+}
+
+StoredDiagnostic::~StoredDiagnostic() { }
+
+/// IncludeInDiagnosticCounts - This method (whose default implementation
+/// returns true) indicates whether the diagnostics handled by this
+/// DiagnosticConsumer should be included in the number of diagnostics
+/// reported by DiagnosticsEngine.
+bool DiagnosticConsumer::IncludeInDiagnosticCounts() const { return true; }
+
+void IgnoringDiagConsumer::anchor() { }
+
+PartialDiagnostic::StorageAllocator::StorageAllocator() {
+ for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCached; ++I)
+ FreeList[I] = Cached + I;
+ NumFreeListEntries = NumCached;
+}
+
+PartialDiagnostic::StorageAllocator::~StorageAllocator() {
+ // Don't assert if we are in a CrashRecovery context, as this invariant may
+ // be invalidated during a crash.
+ assert((NumFreeListEntries == NumCached ||
+ llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::isRecoveringFromCrash()) &&
+ "A partial is on the lamb");
+}
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c33a96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,697 @@
+//===--- DiagnosticIDs.cpp - Diagnostic IDs Handling ----------------------===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the Diagnostic IDs-related interfaces.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/AllDiagnostics.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticCategories.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+
+#include <map>
+using namespace clang;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Builtin Diagnostic information
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace {
+
+// Diagnostic classes.
+enum {
+ CLASS_NOTE = 0x01,
+ CLASS_WARNING = 0x02,
+ CLASS_EXTENSION = 0x03,
+ CLASS_ERROR = 0x04
+};
+
+struct StaticDiagInfoRec {
+ unsigned short DiagID;
+ unsigned Mapping : 3;
+ unsigned Class : 3;
+ unsigned SFINAE : 1;
+ unsigned AccessControl : 1;
+ unsigned WarnNoWerror : 1;
+ unsigned WarnShowInSystemHeader : 1;
+ unsigned Category : 5;
+
+ uint16_t OptionGroupIndex;
+
+ uint16_t DescriptionLen;
+ const char *DescriptionStr;
+
+ unsigned getOptionGroupIndex() const {
+ return OptionGroupIndex;
+ }
+
+ StringRef getDescription() const {
+ return StringRef(DescriptionStr, DescriptionLen);
+ }
+
+ bool operator<(const StaticDiagInfoRec &RHS) const {
+ return DiagID < RHS.DiagID;
+ }
+};
+
+} // namespace anonymous
+
+static const StaticDiagInfoRec StaticDiagInfo[] = {
+#define DIAG(ENUM,CLASS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP, \
+ SFINAE,ACCESS,NOWERROR,SHOWINSYSHEADER, \
+ CATEGORY) \
+ { diag::ENUM, DEFAULT_MAPPING, CLASS, SFINAE, ACCESS, \
+ NOWERROR, SHOWINSYSHEADER, CATEGORY, GROUP, \
+ STR_SIZE(DESC, uint16_t), DESC },
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticCommonKinds.inc"
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticDriverKinds.inc"
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticFrontendKinds.inc"
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticSerializationKinds.inc"
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticLexKinds.inc"
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticParseKinds.inc"
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticASTKinds.inc"
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticSemaKinds.inc"
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticAnalysisKinds.inc"
+#undef DIAG
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
+};
+
+static const unsigned StaticDiagInfoSize =
+ sizeof(StaticDiagInfo)/sizeof(StaticDiagInfo[0])-1;
+
+/// GetDiagInfo - Return the StaticDiagInfoRec entry for the specified DiagID,
+/// or null if the ID is invalid.
+static const StaticDiagInfoRec *GetDiagInfo(unsigned DiagID) {
+ // If assertions are enabled, verify that the StaticDiagInfo array is sorted.
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ static bool IsFirst = true;
+ if (IsFirst) {
+ for (unsigned i = 1; i != StaticDiagInfoSize; ++i) {
+ assert(StaticDiagInfo[i-1].DiagID != StaticDiagInfo[i].DiagID &&
+ "Diag ID conflict, the enums at the start of clang::diag (in "
+ "DiagnosticIDs.h) probably need to be increased");
+
+ assert(StaticDiagInfo[i-1] < StaticDiagInfo[i] &&
+ "Improperly sorted diag info");
+ }
+ IsFirst = false;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ // Search the diagnostic table with a binary search.
+ StaticDiagInfoRec Find = { static_cast<unsigned short>(DiagID),
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+
+ const StaticDiagInfoRec *Found =
+ std::lower_bound(StaticDiagInfo, StaticDiagInfo + StaticDiagInfoSize, Find);
+ if (Found == StaticDiagInfo + StaticDiagInfoSize ||
+ Found->DiagID != DiagID)
+ return 0;
+
+ return Found;
+}
+
+static DiagnosticMappingInfo GetDefaultDiagMappingInfo(unsigned DiagID) {
+ DiagnosticMappingInfo Info = DiagnosticMappingInfo::Make(
+ diag::MAP_FATAL, /*IsUser=*/false, /*IsPragma=*/false);
+
+ if (const StaticDiagInfoRec *StaticInfo = GetDiagInfo(DiagID)) {
+ Info.setMapping((diag::Mapping) StaticInfo->Mapping);
+
+ if (StaticInfo->WarnNoWerror) {
+ assert(Info.getMapping() == diag::MAP_WARNING &&
+ "Unexpected mapping with no-Werror bit!");
+ Info.setNoWarningAsError(true);
+ }
+
+ if (StaticInfo->WarnShowInSystemHeader) {
+ assert(Info.getMapping() == diag::MAP_WARNING &&
+ "Unexpected mapping with show-in-system-header bit!");
+ Info.setShowInSystemHeader(true);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Info;
+}
+
+/// getCategoryNumberForDiag - Return the category number that a specified
+/// DiagID belongs to, or 0 if no category.
+unsigned DiagnosticIDs::getCategoryNumberForDiag(unsigned DiagID) {
+ if (const StaticDiagInfoRec *Info = GetDiagInfo(DiagID))
+ return Info->Category;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+namespace {
+ // The diagnostic category names.
+ struct StaticDiagCategoryRec {
+ const char *NameStr;
+ uint8_t NameLen;
+
+ StringRef getName() const {
+ return StringRef(NameStr, NameLen);
+ }
+ };
+}
+
+// Unfortunately, the split between DiagnosticIDs and Diagnostic is not
+// particularly clean, but for now we just implement this method here so we can
+// access GetDefaultDiagMapping.
+DiagnosticMappingInfo &DiagnosticsEngine::DiagState::getOrAddMappingInfo(
+ diag::kind Diag)
+{
+ std::pair<iterator, bool> Result = DiagMap.insert(
+ std::make_pair(Diag, DiagnosticMappingInfo()));
+
+ // Initialize the entry if we added it.
+ if (Result.second)
+ Result.first->second = GetDefaultDiagMappingInfo(Diag);
+
+ return Result.first->second;
+}
+
+static const StaticDiagCategoryRec CategoryNameTable[] = {
+#define GET_CATEGORY_TABLE
+#define CATEGORY(X, ENUM) { X, STR_SIZE(X, uint8_t) },
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticGroups.inc"
+#undef GET_CATEGORY_TABLE
+ { 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/// getNumberOfCategories - Return the number of categories
+unsigned DiagnosticIDs::getNumberOfCategories() {
+ return sizeof(CategoryNameTable) / sizeof(CategoryNameTable[0])-1;
+}
+
+/// getCategoryNameFromID - Given a category ID, return the name of the
+/// category, an empty string if CategoryID is zero, or null if CategoryID is
+/// invalid.
+StringRef DiagnosticIDs::getCategoryNameFromID(unsigned CategoryID) {
+ if (CategoryID >= getNumberOfCategories())
+ return StringRef();
+ return CategoryNameTable[CategoryID].getName();
+}
+
+
+
+DiagnosticIDs::SFINAEResponse
+DiagnosticIDs::getDiagnosticSFINAEResponse(unsigned DiagID) {
+ if (const StaticDiagInfoRec *Info = GetDiagInfo(DiagID)) {
+ if (Info->AccessControl)
+ return SFINAE_AccessControl;
+
+ if (!Info->SFINAE)
+ return SFINAE_Report;
+
+ if (Info->Class == CLASS_ERROR)
+ return SFINAE_SubstitutionFailure;
+
+ // Suppress notes, warnings, and extensions;
+ return SFINAE_Suppress;
+ }
+
+ return SFINAE_Report;
+}
+
+/// getBuiltinDiagClass - Return the class field of the diagnostic.
+///
+static unsigned getBuiltinDiagClass(unsigned DiagID) {
+ if (const StaticDiagInfoRec *Info = GetDiagInfo(DiagID))
+ return Info->Class;
+ return ~0U;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Custom Diagnostic information
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace clang {
+ namespace diag {
+ class CustomDiagInfo {
+ typedef std::pair<DiagnosticIDs::Level, std::string> DiagDesc;
+ std::vector<DiagDesc> DiagInfo;
+ std::map<DiagDesc, unsigned> DiagIDs;
+ public:
+
+ /// getDescription - Return the description of the specified custom
+ /// diagnostic.
+ StringRef getDescription(unsigned DiagID) const {
+ assert(this && DiagID-DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT < DiagInfo.size() &&
+ "Invalid diagnosic ID");
+ return DiagInfo[DiagID-DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT].second;
+ }
+
+ /// getLevel - Return the level of the specified custom diagnostic.
+ DiagnosticIDs::Level getLevel(unsigned DiagID) const {
+ assert(this && DiagID-DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT < DiagInfo.size() &&
+ "Invalid diagnosic ID");
+ return DiagInfo[DiagID-DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT].first;
+ }
+
+ unsigned getOrCreateDiagID(DiagnosticIDs::Level L, StringRef Message,
+ DiagnosticIDs &Diags) {
+ DiagDesc D(L, Message);
+ // Check to see if it already exists.
+ std::map<DiagDesc, unsigned>::iterator I = DiagIDs.lower_bound(D);
+ if (I != DiagIDs.end() && I->first == D)
+ return I->second;
+
+ // If not, assign a new ID.
+ unsigned ID = DiagInfo.size()+DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT;
+ DiagIDs.insert(std::make_pair(D, ID));
+ DiagInfo.push_back(D);
+ return ID;
+ }
+ };
+
+ } // end diag namespace
+} // end clang namespace
+
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Common Diagnostic implementation
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+DiagnosticIDs::DiagnosticIDs() {
+ CustomDiagInfo = 0;
+}
+
+DiagnosticIDs::~DiagnosticIDs() {
+ delete CustomDiagInfo;
+}
+
+/// getCustomDiagID - Return an ID for a diagnostic with the specified message
+/// and level. If this is the first request for this diagnosic, it is
+/// registered and created, otherwise the existing ID is returned.
+unsigned DiagnosticIDs::getCustomDiagID(Level L, StringRef Message) {
+ if (CustomDiagInfo == 0)
+ CustomDiagInfo = new diag::CustomDiagInfo();
+ return CustomDiagInfo->getOrCreateDiagID(L, Message, *this);
+}
+
+
+/// isBuiltinWarningOrExtension - Return true if the unmapped diagnostic
+/// level of the specified diagnostic ID is a Warning or Extension.
+/// This only works on builtin diagnostics, not custom ones, and is not legal to
+/// call on NOTEs.
+bool DiagnosticIDs::isBuiltinWarningOrExtension(unsigned DiagID) {
+ return DiagID < diag::DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT &&
+ getBuiltinDiagClass(DiagID) != CLASS_ERROR;
+}
+
+/// \brief Determine whether the given built-in diagnostic ID is a
+/// Note.
+bool DiagnosticIDs::isBuiltinNote(unsigned DiagID) {
+ return DiagID < diag::DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT &&
+ getBuiltinDiagClass(DiagID) == CLASS_NOTE;
+}
+
+/// isBuiltinExtensionDiag - Determine whether the given built-in diagnostic
+/// ID is for an extension of some sort. This also returns EnabledByDefault,
+/// which is set to indicate whether the diagnostic is ignored by default (in
+/// which case -pedantic enables it) or treated as a warning/error by default.
+///
+bool DiagnosticIDs::isBuiltinExtensionDiag(unsigned DiagID,
+ bool &EnabledByDefault) {
+ if (DiagID >= diag::DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT ||
+ getBuiltinDiagClass(DiagID) != CLASS_EXTENSION)
+ return false;
+
+ EnabledByDefault =
+ GetDefaultDiagMappingInfo(DiagID).getMapping() != diag::MAP_IGNORE;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool DiagnosticIDs::isDefaultMappingAsError(unsigned DiagID) {
+ if (DiagID >= diag::DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT)
+ return false;
+
+ return GetDefaultDiagMappingInfo(DiagID).getMapping() == diag::MAP_ERROR;
+}
+
+/// getDescription - Given a diagnostic ID, return a description of the
+/// issue.
+StringRef DiagnosticIDs::getDescription(unsigned DiagID) const {
+ if (const StaticDiagInfoRec *Info = GetDiagInfo(DiagID))
+ return Info->getDescription();
+ return CustomDiagInfo->getDescription(DiagID);
+}
+
+/// getDiagnosticLevel - Based on the way the client configured the
+/// DiagnosticsEngine object, classify the specified diagnostic ID into a Level,
+/// by consumable the DiagnosticClient.
+DiagnosticIDs::Level
+DiagnosticIDs::getDiagnosticLevel(unsigned DiagID, SourceLocation Loc,
+ const DiagnosticsEngine &Diag) const {
+ // Handle custom diagnostics, which cannot be mapped.
+ if (DiagID >= diag::DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT)
+ return CustomDiagInfo->getLevel(DiagID);
+
+ unsigned DiagClass = getBuiltinDiagClass(DiagID);
+ assert(DiagClass != CLASS_NOTE && "Cannot get diagnostic level of a note!");
+ return getDiagnosticLevel(DiagID, DiagClass, Loc, Diag);
+}
+
+/// \brief Based on the way the client configured the Diagnostic
+/// object, classify the specified diagnostic ID into a Level, consumable by
+/// the DiagnosticClient.
+///
+/// \param Loc The source location we are interested in finding out the
+/// diagnostic state. Can be null in order to query the latest state.
+DiagnosticIDs::Level
+DiagnosticIDs::getDiagnosticLevel(unsigned DiagID, unsigned DiagClass,
+ SourceLocation Loc,
+ const DiagnosticsEngine &Diag) const {
+ // Specific non-error diagnostics may be mapped to various levels from ignored
+ // to error. Errors can only be mapped to fatal.
+ DiagnosticIDs::Level Result = DiagnosticIDs::Fatal;
+
+ DiagnosticsEngine::DiagStatePointsTy::iterator
+ Pos = Diag.GetDiagStatePointForLoc(Loc);
+ DiagnosticsEngine::DiagState *State = Pos->State;
+
+ // Get the mapping information, or compute it lazily.
+ DiagnosticMappingInfo &MappingInfo = State->getOrAddMappingInfo(
+ (diag::kind)DiagID);
+
+ switch (MappingInfo.getMapping()) {
+ case diag::MAP_IGNORE:
+ Result = DiagnosticIDs::Ignored;
+ break;
+ case diag::MAP_WARNING:
+ Result = DiagnosticIDs::Warning;
+ break;
+ case diag::MAP_ERROR:
+ Result = DiagnosticIDs::Error;
+ break;
+ case diag::MAP_FATAL:
+ Result = DiagnosticIDs::Fatal;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Upgrade ignored diagnostics if -Weverything is enabled.
+ if (Diag.EnableAllWarnings && Result == DiagnosticIDs::Ignored &&
+ !MappingInfo.isUser())
+ Result = DiagnosticIDs::Warning;
+
+ // Ignore -pedantic diagnostics inside __extension__ blocks.
+ // (The diagnostics controlled by -pedantic are the extension diagnostics
+ // that are not enabled by default.)
+ bool EnabledByDefault = false;
+ bool IsExtensionDiag = isBuiltinExtensionDiag(DiagID, EnabledByDefault);
+ if (Diag.AllExtensionsSilenced && IsExtensionDiag && !EnabledByDefault)
+ return DiagnosticIDs::Ignored;
+
+ // For extension diagnostics that haven't been explicitly mapped, check if we
+ // should upgrade the diagnostic.
+ if (IsExtensionDiag && !MappingInfo.isUser()) {
+ switch (Diag.ExtBehavior) {
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::Ext_Ignore:
+ break;
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::Ext_Warn:
+ // Upgrade ignored diagnostics to warnings.
+ if (Result == DiagnosticIDs::Ignored)
+ Result = DiagnosticIDs::Warning;
+ break;
+ case DiagnosticsEngine::Ext_Error:
+ // Upgrade ignored or warning diagnostics to errors.
+ if (Result == DiagnosticIDs::Ignored || Result == DiagnosticIDs::Warning)
+ Result = DiagnosticIDs::Error;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // At this point, ignored errors can no longer be upgraded.
+ if (Result == DiagnosticIDs::Ignored)
+ return Result;
+
+ // Honor -w, which is lower in priority than pedantic-errors, but higher than
+ // -Werror.
+ if (Result == DiagnosticIDs::Warning && Diag.IgnoreAllWarnings)
+ return DiagnosticIDs::Ignored;
+
+ // If -Werror is enabled, map warnings to errors unless explicitly disabled.
+ if (Result == DiagnosticIDs::Warning) {
+ if (Diag.WarningsAsErrors && !MappingInfo.hasNoWarningAsError())
+ Result = DiagnosticIDs::Error;
+ }
+
+ // If -Wfatal-errors is enabled, map errors to fatal unless explicity
+ // disabled.
+ if (Result == DiagnosticIDs::Error) {
+ if (Diag.ErrorsAsFatal && !MappingInfo.hasNoErrorAsFatal())
+ Result = DiagnosticIDs::Fatal;
+ }
+
+ // If we are in a system header, we ignore it. We look at the diagnostic class
+ // because we also want to ignore extensions and warnings in -Werror and
+ // -pedantic-errors modes, which *map* warnings/extensions to errors.
+ if (Result >= DiagnosticIDs::Warning &&
+ DiagClass != CLASS_ERROR &&
+ // Custom diagnostics always are emitted in system headers.
+ DiagID < diag::DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT &&
+ !MappingInfo.hasShowInSystemHeader() &&
+ Diag.SuppressSystemWarnings &&
+ Loc.isValid() &&
+ Diag.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(
+ Diag.getSourceManager().getExpansionLoc(Loc)))
+ return DiagnosticIDs::Ignored;
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+struct clang::WarningOption {
+ // Be safe with the size of 'NameLen' because we don't statically check if
+ // the size will fit in the field; the struct size won't decrease with a
+ // shorter type anyway.
+ size_t NameLen;
+ const char *NameStr;
+ const short *Members;
+ const short *SubGroups;
+
+ StringRef getName() const {
+ return StringRef(NameStr, NameLen);
+ }
+};
+
+#define GET_DIAG_ARRAYS
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticGroups.inc"
+#undef GET_DIAG_ARRAYS
+
+// Second the table of options, sorted by name for fast binary lookup.
+static const WarningOption OptionTable[] = {
+#define GET_DIAG_TABLE
+#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticGroups.inc"
+#undef GET_DIAG_TABLE
+};
+static const size_t OptionTableSize =
+sizeof(OptionTable) / sizeof(OptionTable[0]);
+
+static bool WarningOptionCompare(const WarningOption &LHS,
+ const WarningOption &RHS) {
+ return LHS.getName() < RHS.getName();
+}
+
+/// getWarningOptionForDiag - Return the lowest-level warning option that
+/// enables the specified diagnostic. If there is no -Wfoo flag that controls
+/// the diagnostic, this returns null.
+StringRef DiagnosticIDs::getWarningOptionForDiag(unsigned DiagID) {
+ if (const StaticDiagInfoRec *Info = GetDiagInfo(DiagID))
+ return OptionTable[Info->getOptionGroupIndex()].getName();
+ return StringRef();
+}
+
+void DiagnosticIDs::getDiagnosticsInGroup(
+ const WarningOption *Group,
+ llvm::SmallVectorImpl<diag::kind> &Diags) const
+{
+ // Add the members of the option diagnostic set.
+ if (const short *Member = Group->Members) {
+ for (; *Member != -1; ++Member)
+ Diags.push_back(*Member);
+ }
+
+ // Add the members of the subgroups.
+ if (const short *SubGroups = Group->SubGroups) {
+ for (; *SubGroups != (short)-1; ++SubGroups)
+ getDiagnosticsInGroup(&OptionTable[(short)*SubGroups], Diags);
+ }
+}
+
+bool DiagnosticIDs::getDiagnosticsInGroup(
+ StringRef Group,
+ llvm::SmallVectorImpl<diag::kind> &Diags) const
+{
+ WarningOption Key = { Group.size(), Group.data(), 0, 0 };
+ const WarningOption *Found =
+ std::lower_bound(OptionTable, OptionTable + OptionTableSize, Key,
+ WarningOptionCompare);
+ if (Found == OptionTable + OptionTableSize ||
+ Found->getName() != Group)
+ return true; // Option not found.
+
+ getDiagnosticsInGroup(Found, Diags);
+ return false;
+}
+
+void DiagnosticIDs::getAllDiagnostics(
+ llvm::SmallVectorImpl<diag::kind> &Diags) const {
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i != StaticDiagInfoSize; ++i)
+ Diags.push_back(StaticDiagInfo[i].DiagID);
+}
+
+StringRef DiagnosticIDs::getNearestWarningOption(StringRef Group) {
+ StringRef Best;
+ unsigned BestDistance = Group.size() + 1; // Sanity threshold.
+ for (const WarningOption *i = OptionTable, *e = OptionTable + OptionTableSize;
+ i != e; ++i) {
+ // Don't suggest ignored warning flags.
+ if (!i->Members && !i->SubGroups)
+ continue;
+
+ unsigned Distance = i->getName().edit_distance(Group, true, BestDistance);
+ if (Distance == BestDistance) {
+ // Two matches with the same distance, don't prefer one over the other.
+ Best = "";
+ } else if (Distance < BestDistance) {
+ // This is a better match.
+ Best = i->getName();
+ BestDistance = Distance;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Best;
+}
+
+/// ProcessDiag - This is the method used to report a diagnostic that is
+/// finally fully formed.
+bool DiagnosticIDs::ProcessDiag(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag) const {
+ Diagnostic Info(&Diag);
+
+ if (Diag.SuppressAllDiagnostics)
+ return false;
+
+ assert(Diag.getClient() && "DiagnosticClient not set!");
+
+ // Figure out the diagnostic level of this message.
+ DiagnosticIDs::Level DiagLevel;
+ unsigned DiagID = Info.getID();
+
+ if (DiagID >= diag::DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT) {
+ // Handle custom diagnostics, which cannot be mapped.
+ DiagLevel = CustomDiagInfo->getLevel(DiagID);
+ } else {
+ // Get the class of the diagnostic. If this is a NOTE, map it onto whatever
+ // the diagnostic level was for the previous diagnostic so that it is
+ // filtered the same as the previous diagnostic.
+ unsigned DiagClass = getBuiltinDiagClass(DiagID);
+ if (DiagClass == CLASS_NOTE) {
+ DiagLevel = DiagnosticIDs::Note;
+ } else {
+ DiagLevel = getDiagnosticLevel(DiagID, DiagClass, Info.getLocation(),
+ Diag);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (DiagLevel != DiagnosticIDs::Note) {
+ // Record that a fatal error occurred only when we see a second
+ // non-note diagnostic. This allows notes to be attached to the
+ // fatal error, but suppresses any diagnostics that follow those
+ // notes.
+ if (Diag.LastDiagLevel == DiagnosticIDs::Fatal)
+ Diag.FatalErrorOccurred = true;
+
+ Diag.LastDiagLevel = DiagLevel;
+ }
+
+ // Update counts for DiagnosticErrorTrap even if a fatal error occurred.
+ if (DiagLevel >= DiagnosticIDs::Error) {
+ ++Diag.TrapNumErrorsOccurred;
+ if (isUnrecoverable(DiagID))
+ ++Diag.TrapNumUnrecoverableErrorsOccurred;
+ }
+
+ // If a fatal error has already been emitted, silence all subsequent
+ // diagnostics.
+ if (Diag.FatalErrorOccurred) {
+ if (DiagLevel >= DiagnosticIDs::Error &&
+ Diag.Client->IncludeInDiagnosticCounts()) {
+ ++Diag.NumErrors;
+ ++Diag.NumErrorsSuppressed;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // If the client doesn't care about this message, don't issue it. If this is
+ // a note and the last real diagnostic was ignored, ignore it too.
+ if (DiagLevel == DiagnosticIDs::Ignored ||
+ (DiagLevel == DiagnosticIDs::Note &&
+ Diag.LastDiagLevel == DiagnosticIDs::Ignored))
+ return false;
+
+ if (DiagLevel >= DiagnosticIDs::Error) {
+ if (isUnrecoverable(DiagID))
+ Diag.UnrecoverableErrorOccurred = true;
+
+ if (Diag.Client->IncludeInDiagnosticCounts()) {
+ Diag.ErrorOccurred = true;
+ ++Diag.NumErrors;
+ }
+
+ // If we've emitted a lot of errors, emit a fatal error instead of it to
+ // stop a flood of bogus errors.
+ if (Diag.ErrorLimit && Diag.NumErrors > Diag.ErrorLimit &&
+ DiagLevel == DiagnosticIDs::Error) {
+ Diag.SetDelayedDiagnostic(diag::fatal_too_many_errors);
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Finally, report it.
+ Diag.Client->HandleDiagnostic((DiagnosticsEngine::Level)DiagLevel, Info);
+ if (Diag.Client->IncludeInDiagnosticCounts()) {
+ if (DiagLevel == DiagnosticIDs::Warning)
+ ++Diag.NumWarnings;
+ }
+
+ Diag.CurDiagID = ~0U;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool DiagnosticIDs::isUnrecoverable(unsigned DiagID) const {
+ if (DiagID >= diag::DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT) {
+ // Custom diagnostics.
+ return CustomDiagInfo->getLevel(DiagID) >= DiagnosticIDs::Error;
+ }
+
+ // Only errors may be unrecoverable.
+ if (getBuiltinDiagClass(DiagID) < CLASS_ERROR)
+ return false;
+
+ if (DiagID == diag::err_unavailable ||
+ DiagID == diag::err_unavailable_message)
+ return false;
+
+ // Currently we consider all ARC errors as recoverable.
+ if (isARCDiagnostic(DiagID))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool DiagnosticIDs::isARCDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID) {
+ unsigned cat = getCategoryNumberForDiag(DiagID);
+ return DiagnosticIDs::getCategoryNameFromID(cat).startswith("ARC ");
+}
+
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/FileManager.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/FileManager.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd6d334
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/FileManager.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,600 @@
+//===--- FileManager.cpp - File System Probing and Caching ----------------===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the FileManager interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// TODO: This should index all interesting directories with dirent calls.
+// getdirentries ?
+// opendir/readdir_r/closedir ?
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/FileSystemStatCache.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/FileSystem.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/system_error.h"
+#include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
+#include <map>
+#include <set>
+#include <string>
+
+// FIXME: This is terrible, we need this for ::close.
+#if !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#else
+#include <io.h>
+#endif
+using namespace clang;
+
+// FIXME: Enhance libsystem to support inode and other fields.
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+/// NON_EXISTENT_DIR - A special value distinct from null that is used to
+/// represent a dir name that doesn't exist on the disk.
+#define NON_EXISTENT_DIR reinterpret_cast<DirectoryEntry*>((intptr_t)-1)
+
+/// NON_EXISTENT_FILE - A special value distinct from null that is used to
+/// represent a filename that doesn't exist on the disk.
+#define NON_EXISTENT_FILE reinterpret_cast<FileEntry*>((intptr_t)-1)
+
+
+FileEntry::~FileEntry() {
+ // If this FileEntry owns an open file descriptor that never got used, close
+ // it.
+ if (FD != -1) ::close(FD);
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Windows.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifdef LLVM_ON_WIN32
+
+namespace {
+ static std::string GetFullPath(const char *relPath) {
+ char *absPathStrPtr = _fullpath(NULL, relPath, 0);
+ assert(absPathStrPtr && "_fullpath() returned NULL!");
+
+ std::string absPath(absPathStrPtr);
+
+ free(absPathStrPtr);
+ return absPath;
+ }
+}
+
+class FileManager::UniqueDirContainer {
+ /// UniqueDirs - Cache from full path to existing directories/files.
+ ///
+ llvm::StringMap<DirectoryEntry> UniqueDirs;
+
+public:
+ /// getDirectory - Return an existing DirectoryEntry with the given
+ /// name if there is already one; otherwise create and return a
+ /// default-constructed DirectoryEntry.
+ DirectoryEntry &getDirectory(const char *Name,
+ const struct stat & /*StatBuf*/) {
+ std::string FullPath(GetFullPath(Name));
+ return UniqueDirs.GetOrCreateValue(FullPath).getValue();
+ }
+
+ size_t size() const { return UniqueDirs.size(); }
+};
+
+class FileManager::UniqueFileContainer {
+ /// UniqueFiles - Cache from full path to existing directories/files.
+ ///
+ llvm::StringMap<FileEntry, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> UniqueFiles;
+
+public:
+ /// getFile - Return an existing FileEntry with the given name if
+ /// there is already one; otherwise create and return a
+ /// default-constructed FileEntry.
+ FileEntry &getFile(const char *Name, const struct stat & /*StatBuf*/) {
+ std::string FullPath(GetFullPath(Name));
+
+ // Lowercase string because Windows filesystem is case insensitive.
+ FullPath = StringRef(FullPath).lower();
+ return UniqueFiles.GetOrCreateValue(FullPath).getValue();
+ }
+
+ size_t size() const { return UniqueFiles.size(); }
+};
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Unix-like Systems.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#else
+
+class FileManager::UniqueDirContainer {
+ /// UniqueDirs - Cache from ID's to existing directories/files.
+ std::map<std::pair<dev_t, ino_t>, DirectoryEntry> UniqueDirs;
+
+public:
+ /// getDirectory - Return an existing DirectoryEntry with the given
+ /// ID's if there is already one; otherwise create and return a
+ /// default-constructed DirectoryEntry.
+ DirectoryEntry &getDirectory(const char * /*Name*/,
+ const struct stat &StatBuf) {
+ return UniqueDirs[std::make_pair(StatBuf.st_dev, StatBuf.st_ino)];
+ }
+
+ size_t size() const { return UniqueDirs.size(); }
+};
+
+class FileManager::UniqueFileContainer {
+ /// UniqueFiles - Cache from ID's to existing directories/files.
+ std::set<FileEntry> UniqueFiles;
+
+public:
+ /// getFile - Return an existing FileEntry with the given ID's if
+ /// there is already one; otherwise create and return a
+ /// default-constructed FileEntry.
+ FileEntry &getFile(const char * /*Name*/, const struct stat &StatBuf) {
+ return
+ const_cast<FileEntry&>(
+ *UniqueFiles.insert(FileEntry(StatBuf.st_dev,
+ StatBuf.st_ino,
+ StatBuf.st_mode)).first);
+ }
+
+ size_t size() const { return UniqueFiles.size(); }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Common logic.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+FileManager::FileManager(const FileSystemOptions &FSO)
+ : FileSystemOpts(FSO),
+ UniqueRealDirs(*new UniqueDirContainer()),
+ UniqueRealFiles(*new UniqueFileContainer()),
+ SeenDirEntries(64), SeenFileEntries(64), NextFileUID(0) {
+ NumDirLookups = NumFileLookups = 0;
+ NumDirCacheMisses = NumFileCacheMisses = 0;
+}
+
+FileManager::~FileManager() {
+ delete &UniqueRealDirs;
+ delete &UniqueRealFiles;
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = VirtualFileEntries.size(); i != e; ++i)
+ delete VirtualFileEntries[i];
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = VirtualDirectoryEntries.size(); i != e; ++i)
+ delete VirtualDirectoryEntries[i];
+}
+
+void FileManager::addStatCache(FileSystemStatCache *statCache,
+ bool AtBeginning) {
+ assert(statCache && "No stat cache provided?");
+ if (AtBeginning || StatCache.get() == 0) {
+ statCache->setNextStatCache(StatCache.take());
+ StatCache.reset(statCache);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ FileSystemStatCache *LastCache = StatCache.get();
+ while (LastCache->getNextStatCache())
+ LastCache = LastCache->getNextStatCache();
+
+ LastCache->setNextStatCache(statCache);
+}
+
+void FileManager::removeStatCache(FileSystemStatCache *statCache) {
+ if (!statCache)
+ return;
+
+ if (StatCache.get() == statCache) {
+ // This is the first stat cache.
+ StatCache.reset(StatCache->takeNextStatCache());
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Find the stat cache in the list.
+ FileSystemStatCache *PrevCache = StatCache.get();
+ while (PrevCache && PrevCache->getNextStatCache() != statCache)
+ PrevCache = PrevCache->getNextStatCache();
+
+ assert(PrevCache && "Stat cache not found for removal");
+ PrevCache->setNextStatCache(statCache->getNextStatCache());
+}
+
+/// \brief Retrieve the directory that the given file name resides in.
+/// Filename can point to either a real file or a virtual file.
+static const DirectoryEntry *getDirectoryFromFile(FileManager &FileMgr,
+ StringRef Filename,
+ bool CacheFailure) {
+ if (Filename.empty())
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (llvm::sys::path::is_separator(Filename[Filename.size() - 1]))
+ return NULL; // If Filename is a directory.
+
+ StringRef DirName = llvm::sys::path::parent_path(Filename);
+ // Use the current directory if file has no path component.
+ if (DirName.empty())
+ DirName = ".";
+
+ return FileMgr.getDirectory(DirName, CacheFailure);
+}
+
+/// Add all ancestors of the given path (pointing to either a file or
+/// a directory) as virtual directories.
+void FileManager::addAncestorsAsVirtualDirs(StringRef Path) {
+ StringRef DirName = llvm::sys::path::parent_path(Path);
+ if (DirName.empty())
+ return;
+
+ llvm::StringMapEntry<DirectoryEntry *> &NamedDirEnt =
+ SeenDirEntries.GetOrCreateValue(DirName);
+
+ // When caching a virtual directory, we always cache its ancestors
+ // at the same time. Therefore, if DirName is already in the cache,
+ // we don't need to recurse as its ancestors must also already be in
+ // the cache.
+ if (NamedDirEnt.getValue())
+ return;
+
+ // Add the virtual directory to the cache.
+ DirectoryEntry *UDE = new DirectoryEntry;
+ UDE->Name = NamedDirEnt.getKeyData();
+ NamedDirEnt.setValue(UDE);
+ VirtualDirectoryEntries.push_back(UDE);
+
+ // Recursively add the other ancestors.
+ addAncestorsAsVirtualDirs(DirName);
+}
+
+/// getDirectory - Lookup, cache, and verify the specified directory
+/// (real or virtual). This returns NULL if the directory doesn't
+/// exist.
+///
+const DirectoryEntry *FileManager::getDirectory(StringRef DirName,
+ bool CacheFailure) {
+ // stat doesn't like trailing separators.
+ // At least, on Win32 MSVCRT, stat() cannot strip trailing '/'.
+ // (though it can strip '\\')
+ if (DirName.size() > 1 && llvm::sys::path::is_separator(DirName.back()))
+ DirName = DirName.substr(0, DirName.size()-1);
+
+ ++NumDirLookups;
+ llvm::StringMapEntry<DirectoryEntry *> &NamedDirEnt =
+ SeenDirEntries.GetOrCreateValue(DirName);
+
+ // See if there was already an entry in the map. Note that the map
+ // contains both virtual and real directories.
+ if (NamedDirEnt.getValue())
+ return NamedDirEnt.getValue() == NON_EXISTENT_DIR
+ ? 0 : NamedDirEnt.getValue();
+
+ ++NumDirCacheMisses;
+
+ // By default, initialize it to invalid.
+ NamedDirEnt.setValue(NON_EXISTENT_DIR);
+
+ // Get the null-terminated directory name as stored as the key of the
+ // SeenDirEntries map.
+ const char *InterndDirName = NamedDirEnt.getKeyData();
+
+ // Check to see if the directory exists.
+ struct stat StatBuf;
+ if (getStatValue(InterndDirName, StatBuf, 0/*directory lookup*/)) {
+ // There's no real directory at the given path.
+ if (!CacheFailure)
+ SeenDirEntries.erase(DirName);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ // It exists. See if we have already opened a directory with the
+ // same inode (this occurs on Unix-like systems when one dir is
+ // symlinked to another, for example) or the same path (on
+ // Windows).
+ DirectoryEntry &UDE = UniqueRealDirs.getDirectory(InterndDirName, StatBuf);
+
+ NamedDirEnt.setValue(&UDE);
+ if (!UDE.getName()) {
+ // We don't have this directory yet, add it. We use the string
+ // key from the SeenDirEntries map as the string.
+ UDE.Name = InterndDirName;
+ }
+
+ return &UDE;
+}
+
+/// getFile - Lookup, cache, and verify the specified file (real or
+/// virtual). This returns NULL if the file doesn't exist.
+///
+const FileEntry *FileManager::getFile(StringRef Filename, bool openFile,
+ bool CacheFailure) {
+ ++NumFileLookups;
+
+ // See if there is already an entry in the map.
+ llvm::StringMapEntry<FileEntry *> &NamedFileEnt =
+ SeenFileEntries.GetOrCreateValue(Filename);
+
+ // See if there is already an entry in the map.
+ if (NamedFileEnt.getValue())
+ return NamedFileEnt.getValue() == NON_EXISTENT_FILE
+ ? 0 : NamedFileEnt.getValue();
+
+ ++NumFileCacheMisses;
+
+ // By default, initialize it to invalid.
+ NamedFileEnt.setValue(NON_EXISTENT_FILE);
+
+ // Get the null-terminated file name as stored as the key of the
+ // SeenFileEntries map.
+ const char *InterndFileName = NamedFileEnt.getKeyData();
+
+ // Look up the directory for the file. When looking up something like
+ // sys/foo.h we'll discover all of the search directories that have a 'sys'
+ // subdirectory. This will let us avoid having to waste time on known-to-fail
+ // searches when we go to find sys/bar.h, because all the search directories
+ // without a 'sys' subdir will get a cached failure result.
+ const DirectoryEntry *DirInfo = getDirectoryFromFile(*this, Filename,
+ CacheFailure);
+ if (DirInfo == 0) { // Directory doesn't exist, file can't exist.
+ if (!CacheFailure)
+ SeenFileEntries.erase(Filename);
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ // FIXME: Use the directory info to prune this, before doing the stat syscall.
+ // FIXME: This will reduce the # syscalls.
+
+ // Nope, there isn't. Check to see if the file exists.
+ int FileDescriptor = -1;
+ struct stat StatBuf;
+ if (getStatValue(InterndFileName, StatBuf, &FileDescriptor)) {
+ // There's no real file at the given path.
+ if (!CacheFailure)
+ SeenFileEntries.erase(Filename);
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (FileDescriptor != -1 && !openFile) {
+ close(FileDescriptor);
+ FileDescriptor = -1;
+ }
+
+ // It exists. See if we have already opened a file with the same inode.
+ // This occurs when one dir is symlinked to another, for example.
+ FileEntry &UFE = UniqueRealFiles.getFile(InterndFileName, StatBuf);
+
+ NamedFileEnt.setValue(&UFE);
+ if (UFE.getName()) { // Already have an entry with this inode, return it.
+ // If the stat process opened the file, close it to avoid a FD leak.
+ if (FileDescriptor != -1)
+ close(FileDescriptor);
+
+ return &UFE;
+ }
+
+ // Otherwise, we don't have this directory yet, add it.
+ // FIXME: Change the name to be a char* that points back to the
+ // 'SeenFileEntries' key.
+ UFE.Name = InterndFileName;
+ UFE.Size = StatBuf.st_size;
+ UFE.ModTime = StatBuf.st_mtime;
+ UFE.Dir = DirInfo;
+ UFE.UID = NextFileUID++;
+ UFE.FD = FileDescriptor;
+ return &UFE;
+}
+
+const FileEntry *
+FileManager::getVirtualFile(StringRef Filename, off_t Size,
+ time_t ModificationTime) {
+ ++NumFileLookups;
+
+ // See if there is already an entry in the map.
+ llvm::StringMapEntry<FileEntry *> &NamedFileEnt =
+ SeenFileEntries.GetOrCreateValue(Filename);
+
+ // See if there is already an entry in the map.
+ if (NamedFileEnt.getValue() && NamedFileEnt.getValue() != NON_EXISTENT_FILE)
+ return NamedFileEnt.getValue();
+
+ ++NumFileCacheMisses;
+
+ // By default, initialize it to invalid.
+ NamedFileEnt.setValue(NON_EXISTENT_FILE);
+
+ addAncestorsAsVirtualDirs(Filename);
+ FileEntry *UFE = 0;
+
+ // Now that all ancestors of Filename are in the cache, the
+ // following call is guaranteed to find the DirectoryEntry from the
+ // cache.
+ const DirectoryEntry *DirInfo = getDirectoryFromFile(*this, Filename,
+ /*CacheFailure=*/true);
+ assert(DirInfo &&
+ "The directory of a virtual file should already be in the cache.");
+
+ // Check to see if the file exists. If so, drop the virtual file
+ int FileDescriptor = -1;
+ struct stat StatBuf;
+ const char *InterndFileName = NamedFileEnt.getKeyData();
+ if (getStatValue(InterndFileName, StatBuf, &FileDescriptor) == 0) {
+ // If the stat process opened the file, close it to avoid a FD leak.
+ if (FileDescriptor != -1)
+ close(FileDescriptor);
+
+ StatBuf.st_size = Size;
+ StatBuf.st_mtime = ModificationTime;
+ UFE = &UniqueRealFiles.getFile(InterndFileName, StatBuf);
+
+ NamedFileEnt.setValue(UFE);
+
+ // If we had already opened this file, close it now so we don't
+ // leak the descriptor. We're not going to use the file
+ // descriptor anyway, since this is a virtual file.
+ if (UFE->FD != -1) {
+ close(UFE->FD);
+ UFE->FD = -1;
+ }
+
+ // If we already have an entry with this inode, return it.
+ if (UFE->getName())
+ return UFE;
+ }
+
+ if (!UFE) {
+ UFE = new FileEntry();
+ VirtualFileEntries.push_back(UFE);
+ NamedFileEnt.setValue(UFE);
+ }
+
+ UFE->Name = InterndFileName;
+ UFE->Size = Size;
+ UFE->ModTime = ModificationTime;
+ UFE->Dir = DirInfo;
+ UFE->UID = NextFileUID++;
+ UFE->FD = -1;
+ return UFE;
+}
+
+void FileManager::FixupRelativePath(SmallVectorImpl<char> &path) const {
+ StringRef pathRef(path.data(), path.size());
+
+ if (FileSystemOpts.WorkingDir.empty()
+ || llvm::sys::path::is_absolute(pathRef))
+ return;
+
+ SmallString<128> NewPath(FileSystemOpts.WorkingDir);
+ llvm::sys::path::append(NewPath, pathRef);
+ path = NewPath;
+}
+
+llvm::MemoryBuffer *FileManager::
+getBufferForFile(const FileEntry *Entry, std::string *ErrorStr) {
+ OwningPtr<llvm::MemoryBuffer> Result;
+ llvm::error_code ec;
+
+ const char *Filename = Entry->getName();
+ // If the file is already open, use the open file descriptor.
+ if (Entry->FD != -1) {
+ ec = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getOpenFile(Entry->FD, Filename, Result,
+ Entry->getSize());
+ if (ErrorStr)
+ *ErrorStr = ec.message();
+
+ close(Entry->FD);
+ Entry->FD = -1;
+ return Result.take();
+ }
+
+ // Otherwise, open the file.
+
+ if (FileSystemOpts.WorkingDir.empty()) {
+ ec = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getFile(Filename, Result, Entry->getSize());
+ if (ec && ErrorStr)
+ *ErrorStr = ec.message();
+ return Result.take();
+ }
+
+ SmallString<128> FilePath(Entry->getName());
+ FixupRelativePath(FilePath);
+ ec = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getFile(FilePath.str(), Result, Entry->getSize());
+ if (ec && ErrorStr)
+ *ErrorStr = ec.message();
+ return Result.take();
+}
+
+llvm::MemoryBuffer *FileManager::
+getBufferForFile(StringRef Filename, std::string *ErrorStr) {
+ OwningPtr<llvm::MemoryBuffer> Result;
+ llvm::error_code ec;
+ if (FileSystemOpts.WorkingDir.empty()) {
+ ec = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getFile(Filename, Result);
+ if (ec && ErrorStr)
+ *ErrorStr = ec.message();
+ return Result.take();
+ }
+
+ SmallString<128> FilePath(Filename);
+ FixupRelativePath(FilePath);
+ ec = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getFile(FilePath.c_str(), Result);
+ if (ec && ErrorStr)
+ *ErrorStr = ec.message();
+ return Result.take();
+}
+
+/// getStatValue - Get the 'stat' information for the specified path,
+/// using the cache to accelerate it if possible. This returns true
+/// if the path points to a virtual file or does not exist, or returns
+/// false if it's an existent real file. If FileDescriptor is NULL,
+/// do directory look-up instead of file look-up.
+bool FileManager::getStatValue(const char *Path, struct stat &StatBuf,
+ int *FileDescriptor) {
+ // FIXME: FileSystemOpts shouldn't be passed in here, all paths should be
+ // absolute!
+ if (FileSystemOpts.WorkingDir.empty())
+ return FileSystemStatCache::get(Path, StatBuf, FileDescriptor,
+ StatCache.get());
+
+ SmallString<128> FilePath(Path);
+ FixupRelativePath(FilePath);
+
+ return FileSystemStatCache::get(FilePath.c_str(), StatBuf, FileDescriptor,
+ StatCache.get());
+}
+
+bool FileManager::getNoncachedStatValue(StringRef Path,
+ struct stat &StatBuf) {
+ SmallString<128> FilePath(Path);
+ FixupRelativePath(FilePath);
+
+ return ::stat(FilePath.c_str(), &StatBuf) != 0;
+}
+
+void FileManager::GetUniqueIDMapping(
+ SmallVectorImpl<const FileEntry *> &UIDToFiles) const {
+ UIDToFiles.clear();
+ UIDToFiles.resize(NextFileUID);
+
+ // Map file entries
+ for (llvm::StringMap<FileEntry*, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator>::const_iterator
+ FE = SeenFileEntries.begin(), FEEnd = SeenFileEntries.end();
+ FE != FEEnd; ++FE)
+ if (FE->getValue() && FE->getValue() != NON_EXISTENT_FILE)
+ UIDToFiles[FE->getValue()->getUID()] = FE->getValue();
+
+ // Map virtual file entries
+ for (SmallVector<FileEntry*, 4>::const_iterator
+ VFE = VirtualFileEntries.begin(), VFEEnd = VirtualFileEntries.end();
+ VFE != VFEEnd; ++VFE)
+ if (*VFE && *VFE != NON_EXISTENT_FILE)
+ UIDToFiles[(*VFE)->getUID()] = *VFE;
+}
+
+
+void FileManager::PrintStats() const {
+ llvm::errs() << "\n*** File Manager Stats:\n";
+ llvm::errs() << UniqueRealFiles.size() << " real files found, "
+ << UniqueRealDirs.size() << " real dirs found.\n";
+ llvm::errs() << VirtualFileEntries.size() << " virtual files found, "
+ << VirtualDirectoryEntries.size() << " virtual dirs found.\n";
+ llvm::errs() << NumDirLookups << " dir lookups, "
+ << NumDirCacheMisses << " dir cache misses.\n";
+ llvm::errs() << NumFileLookups << " file lookups, "
+ << NumFileCacheMisses << " file cache misses.\n";
+
+ //llvm::errs() << PagesMapped << BytesOfPagesMapped << FSLookups;
+}
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/FileSystemStatCache.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/FileSystemStatCache.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..875d397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/FileSystemStatCache.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+//===--- FileSystemStatCache.cpp - Caching for 'stat' calls ---------------===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the FileSystemStatCache interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Basic/FileSystemStatCache.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+// FIXME: This is terrible, we need this for ::close.
+#if !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#else
+#include <io.h>
+#endif
+using namespace clang;
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#define S_ISDIR(s) ((_S_IFDIR & s) !=0)
+#endif
+
+void FileSystemStatCache::anchor() { }
+
+/// FileSystemStatCache::get - Get the 'stat' information for the specified
+/// path, using the cache to accelerate it if possible. This returns true if
+/// the path does not exist or false if it exists.
+///
+/// If FileDescriptor is non-null, then this lookup should only return success
+/// for files (not directories). If it is null this lookup should only return
+/// success for directories (not files). On a successful file lookup, the
+/// implementation can optionally fill in FileDescriptor with a valid
+/// descriptor and the client guarantees that it will close it.
+bool FileSystemStatCache::get(const char *Path, struct stat &StatBuf,
+ int *FileDescriptor, FileSystemStatCache *Cache) {
+ LookupResult R;
+ bool isForDir = FileDescriptor == 0;
+
+ // If we have a cache, use it to resolve the stat query.
+ if (Cache)
+ R = Cache->getStat(Path, StatBuf, FileDescriptor);
+ else if (isForDir) {
+ // If this is a directory and we have no cache, just go to the file system.
+ R = ::stat(Path, &StatBuf) != 0 ? CacheMissing : CacheExists;
+ } else {
+ // Otherwise, we have to go to the filesystem. We can always just use
+ // 'stat' here, but (for files) the client is asking whether the file exists
+ // because it wants to turn around and *open* it. It is more efficient to
+ // do "open+fstat" on success than it is to do "stat+open".
+ //
+ // Because of this, check to see if the file exists with 'open'. If the
+ // open succeeds, use fstat to get the stat info.
+ int OpenFlags = O_RDONLY;
+#ifdef O_BINARY
+ OpenFlags |= O_BINARY; // Open input file in binary mode on win32.
+#endif
+ *FileDescriptor = ::open(Path, OpenFlags);
+
+ if (*FileDescriptor == -1) {
+ // If the open fails, our "stat" fails.
+ R = CacheMissing;
+ } else {
+ // Otherwise, the open succeeded. Do an fstat to get the information
+ // about the file. We'll end up returning the open file descriptor to the
+ // client to do what they please with it.
+ if (::fstat(*FileDescriptor, &StatBuf) == 0)
+ R = CacheExists;
+ else {
+ // fstat rarely fails. If it does, claim the initial open didn't
+ // succeed.
+ R = CacheMissing;
+ ::close(*FileDescriptor);
+ *FileDescriptor = -1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // If the path doesn't exist, return failure.
+ if (R == CacheMissing) return true;
+
+ // If the path exists, make sure that its "directoryness" matches the clients
+ // demands.
+ if (S_ISDIR(StatBuf.st_mode) != isForDir) {
+ // If not, close the file if opened.
+ if (FileDescriptor && *FileDescriptor != -1) {
+ ::close(*FileDescriptor);
+ *FileDescriptor = -1;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+
+MemorizeStatCalls::LookupResult
+MemorizeStatCalls::getStat(const char *Path, struct stat &StatBuf,
+ int *FileDescriptor) {
+ LookupResult Result = statChained(Path, StatBuf, FileDescriptor);
+
+ // Do not cache failed stats, it is easy to construct common inconsistent
+ // situations if we do, and they are not important for PCH performance (which
+ // currently only needs the stats to construct the initial FileManager
+ // entries).
+ if (Result == CacheMissing)
+ return Result;
+
+ // Cache file 'stat' results and directories with absolutely paths.
+ if (!S_ISDIR(StatBuf.st_mode) || llvm::sys::path::is_absolute(Path))
+ StatCalls[Path] = StatBuf;
+
+ return Result;
+}
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/IdentifierTable.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/IdentifierTable.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43899f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/IdentifierTable.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
+//===--- IdentifierTable.cpp - Hash table for identifier lookup -----------===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the IdentifierInfo, IdentifierVisitor, and
+// IdentifierTable interfaces.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include <cstdio>
+
+using namespace clang;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// IdentifierInfo Implementation
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+IdentifierInfo::IdentifierInfo() {
+ TokenID = tok::identifier;
+ ObjCOrBuiltinID = 0;
+ HasMacro = false;
+ IsExtension = false;
+ IsCXX11CompatKeyword = false;
+ IsPoisoned = false;
+ IsCPPOperatorKeyword = false;
+ NeedsHandleIdentifier = false;
+ IsFromAST = false;
+ ChangedAfterLoad = false;
+ RevertedTokenID = false;
+ OutOfDate = false;
+ IsModulesImport = false;
+ FETokenInfo = 0;
+ Entry = 0;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// IdentifierTable Implementation
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+IdentifierIterator::~IdentifierIterator() { }
+
+IdentifierInfoLookup::~IdentifierInfoLookup() {}
+
+namespace {
+ /// \brief A simple identifier lookup iterator that represents an
+ /// empty sequence of identifiers.
+ class EmptyLookupIterator : public IdentifierIterator
+ {
+ public:
+ virtual StringRef Next() { return StringRef(); }
+ };
+}
+
+IdentifierIterator *IdentifierInfoLookup::getIdentifiers() const {
+ return new EmptyLookupIterator();
+}
+
+ExternalIdentifierLookup::~ExternalIdentifierLookup() {}
+
+IdentifierTable::IdentifierTable(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+ IdentifierInfoLookup* externalLookup)
+ : HashTable(8192), // Start with space for 8K identifiers.
+ ExternalLookup(externalLookup) {
+
+ // Populate the identifier table with info about keywords for the current
+ // language.
+ AddKeywords(LangOpts);
+
+
+ // Add the '_experimental_modules_import' contextual keyword.
+ get("__experimental_modules_import").setModulesImport(true);
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Language Keyword Implementation
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+// Constants for TokenKinds.def
+namespace {
+ enum {
+ KEYC99 = 0x1,
+ KEYCXX = 0x2,
+ KEYCXX0X = 0x4,
+ KEYGNU = 0x8,
+ KEYMS = 0x10,
+ BOOLSUPPORT = 0x20,
+ KEYALTIVEC = 0x40,
+ KEYNOCXX = 0x80,
+ KEYBORLAND = 0x100,
+ KEYOPENCL = 0x200,
+ KEYC11 = 0x400,
+ KEYARC = 0x800,
+ KEYALL = 0x0fff
+ };
+}
+
+/// AddKeyword - This method is used to associate a token ID with specific
+/// identifiers because they are language keywords. This causes the lexer to
+/// automatically map matching identifiers to specialized token codes.
+///
+/// The C90/C99/CPP/CPP0x flags are set to 3 if the token is a keyword in a
+/// future language standard, set to 2 if the token should be enabled in the
+/// specified language, set to 1 if it is an extension in the specified
+/// language, and set to 0 if disabled in the specified language.
+static void AddKeyword(StringRef Keyword,
+ tok::TokenKind TokenCode, unsigned Flags,
+ const LangOptions &LangOpts, IdentifierTable &Table) {
+ unsigned AddResult = 0;
+ if (Flags == KEYALL) AddResult = 2;
+ else if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && (Flags & KEYCXX)) AddResult = 2;
+ else if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x && (Flags & KEYCXX0X)) AddResult = 2;
+ else if (LangOpts.C99 && (Flags & KEYC99)) AddResult = 2;
+ else if (LangOpts.GNUKeywords && (Flags & KEYGNU)) AddResult = 1;
+ else if (LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && (Flags & KEYMS)) AddResult = 1;
+ else if (LangOpts.Borland && (Flags & KEYBORLAND)) AddResult = 1;
+ else if (LangOpts.Bool && (Flags & BOOLSUPPORT)) AddResult = 2;
+ else if (LangOpts.AltiVec && (Flags & KEYALTIVEC)) AddResult = 2;
+ else if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (Flags & KEYOPENCL)) AddResult = 2;
+ else if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus && (Flags & KEYNOCXX)) AddResult = 2;
+ else if (LangOpts.C11 && (Flags & KEYC11)) AddResult = 2;
+ // We treat bridge casts as objective-C keywords so we can warn on them
+ // in non-arc mode.
+ else if (LangOpts.ObjC2 && (Flags & KEYARC)) AddResult = 2;
+ else if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && (Flags & KEYCXX0X)) AddResult = 3;
+
+ // Don't add this keyword if disabled in this language.
+ if (AddResult == 0) return;
+
+ IdentifierInfo &Info =
+ Table.get(Keyword, AddResult == 3 ? tok::identifier : TokenCode);
+ Info.setIsExtensionToken(AddResult == 1);
+ Info.setIsCXX11CompatKeyword(AddResult == 3);
+}
+
+/// AddCXXOperatorKeyword - Register a C++ operator keyword alternative
+/// representations.
+static void AddCXXOperatorKeyword(StringRef Keyword,
+ tok::TokenKind TokenCode,
+ IdentifierTable &Table) {
+ IdentifierInfo &Info = Table.get(Keyword, TokenCode);
+ Info.setIsCPlusPlusOperatorKeyword();
+}
+
+/// AddObjCKeyword - Register an Objective-C @keyword like "class" "selector" or
+/// "property".
+static void AddObjCKeyword(StringRef Name,
+ tok::ObjCKeywordKind ObjCID,
+ IdentifierTable &Table) {
+ Table.get(Name).setObjCKeywordID(ObjCID);
+}
+
+/// AddKeywords - Add all keywords to the symbol table.
+///
+void IdentifierTable::AddKeywords(const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
+ // Add keywords and tokens for the current language.
+#define KEYWORD(NAME, FLAGS) \
+ AddKeyword(StringRef(#NAME), tok::kw_ ## NAME, \
+ FLAGS, LangOpts, *this);
+#define ALIAS(NAME, TOK, FLAGS) \
+ AddKeyword(StringRef(NAME), tok::kw_ ## TOK, \
+ FLAGS, LangOpts, *this);
+#define CXX_KEYWORD_OPERATOR(NAME, ALIAS) \
+ if (LangOpts.CXXOperatorNames) \
+ AddCXXOperatorKeyword(StringRef(#NAME), tok::ALIAS, *this);
+#define OBJC1_AT_KEYWORD(NAME) \
+ if (LangOpts.ObjC1) \
+ AddObjCKeyword(StringRef(#NAME), tok::objc_##NAME, *this);
+#define OBJC2_AT_KEYWORD(NAME) \
+ if (LangOpts.ObjC2) \
+ AddObjCKeyword(StringRef(#NAME), tok::objc_##NAME, *this);
+#define TESTING_KEYWORD(NAME, FLAGS)
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.def"
+
+ if (LangOpts.ParseUnknownAnytype)
+ AddKeyword("__unknown_anytype", tok::kw___unknown_anytype, KEYALL,
+ LangOpts, *this);
+}
+
+tok::PPKeywordKind IdentifierInfo::getPPKeywordID() const {
+ // We use a perfect hash function here involving the length of the keyword,
+ // the first and third character. For preprocessor ID's there are no
+ // collisions (if there were, the switch below would complain about duplicate
+ // case values). Note that this depends on 'if' being null terminated.
+
+#define HASH(LEN, FIRST, THIRD) \
+ (LEN << 5) + (((FIRST-'a') + (THIRD-'a')) & 31)
+#define CASE(LEN, FIRST, THIRD, NAME) \
+ case HASH(LEN, FIRST, THIRD): \
+ return memcmp(Name, #NAME, LEN) ? tok::pp_not_keyword : tok::pp_ ## NAME
+
+ unsigned Len = getLength();
+ if (Len < 2) return tok::pp_not_keyword;
+ const char *Name = getNameStart();
+ switch (HASH(Len, Name[0], Name[2])) {
+ default: return tok::pp_not_keyword;
+ CASE( 2, 'i', '\0', if);
+ CASE( 4, 'e', 'i', elif);
+ CASE( 4, 'e', 's', else);
+ CASE( 4, 'l', 'n', line);
+ CASE( 4, 's', 'c', sccs);
+ CASE( 5, 'e', 'd', endif);
+ CASE( 5, 'e', 'r', error);
+ CASE( 5, 'i', 'e', ident);
+ CASE( 5, 'i', 'd', ifdef);
+ CASE( 5, 'u', 'd', undef);
+
+ CASE( 6, 'a', 's', assert);
+ CASE( 6, 'd', 'f', define);
+ CASE( 6, 'i', 'n', ifndef);
+ CASE( 6, 'i', 'p', import);
+ CASE( 6, 'p', 'a', pragma);
+
+ CASE( 7, 'd', 'f', defined);
+ CASE( 7, 'i', 'c', include);
+ CASE( 7, 'w', 'r', warning);
+
+ CASE( 8, 'u', 'a', unassert);
+ CASE(12, 'i', 'c', include_next);
+
+ CASE(14, '_', 'p', __public_macro);
+
+ CASE(15, '_', 'p', __private_macro);
+
+ CASE(16, '_', 'i', __include_macros);
+#undef CASE
+#undef HASH
+ }
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Stats Implementation
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// PrintStats - Print statistics about how well the identifier table is doing
+/// at hashing identifiers.
+void IdentifierTable::PrintStats() const {
+ unsigned NumBuckets = HashTable.getNumBuckets();
+ unsigned NumIdentifiers = HashTable.getNumItems();
+ unsigned NumEmptyBuckets = NumBuckets-NumIdentifiers;
+ unsigned AverageIdentifierSize = 0;
+ unsigned MaxIdentifierLength = 0;
+
+ // TODO: Figure out maximum times an identifier had to probe for -stats.
+ for (llvm::StringMap<IdentifierInfo*, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator>::const_iterator
+ I = HashTable.begin(), E = HashTable.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ unsigned IdLen = I->getKeyLength();
+ AverageIdentifierSize += IdLen;
+ if (MaxIdentifierLength < IdLen)
+ MaxIdentifierLength = IdLen;
+ }
+
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n*** Identifier Table Stats:\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "# Identifiers: %d\n", NumIdentifiers);
+ fprintf(stderr, "# Empty Buckets: %d\n", NumEmptyBuckets);
+ fprintf(stderr, "Hash density (#identifiers per bucket): %f\n",
+ NumIdentifiers/(double)NumBuckets);
+ fprintf(stderr, "Ave identifier length: %f\n",
+ (AverageIdentifierSize/(double)NumIdentifiers));
+ fprintf(stderr, "Max identifier length: %d\n", MaxIdentifierLength);
+
+ // Compute statistics about the memory allocated for identifiers.
+ HashTable.getAllocator().PrintStats();
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// SelectorTable Implementation
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+unsigned llvm::DenseMapInfo<clang::Selector>::getHashValue(clang::Selector S) {
+ return DenseMapInfo<void*>::getHashValue(S.getAsOpaquePtr());
+}
+
+namespace clang {
+/// MultiKeywordSelector - One of these variable length records is kept for each
+/// selector containing more than one keyword. We use a folding set
+/// to unique aggregate names (keyword selectors in ObjC parlance). Access to
+/// this class is provided strictly through Selector.
+class MultiKeywordSelector
+ : public DeclarationNameExtra, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
+ MultiKeywordSelector(unsigned nKeys) {
+ ExtraKindOrNumArgs = NUM_EXTRA_KINDS + nKeys;
+ }
+public:
+ // Constructor for keyword selectors.
+ MultiKeywordSelector(unsigned nKeys, IdentifierInfo **IIV) {
+ assert((nKeys > 1) && "not a multi-keyword selector");
+ ExtraKindOrNumArgs = NUM_EXTRA_KINDS + nKeys;
+
+ // Fill in the trailing keyword array.
+ IdentifierInfo **KeyInfo = reinterpret_cast<IdentifierInfo **>(this+1);
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i != nKeys; ++i)
+ KeyInfo[i] = IIV[i];
+ }
+
+ // getName - Derive the full selector name and return it.
+ std::string getName() const;
+
+ unsigned getNumArgs() const { return ExtraKindOrNumArgs - NUM_EXTRA_KINDS; }
+
+ typedef IdentifierInfo *const *keyword_iterator;
+ keyword_iterator keyword_begin() const {
+ return reinterpret_cast<keyword_iterator>(this+1);
+ }
+ keyword_iterator keyword_end() const {
+ return keyword_begin()+getNumArgs();
+ }
+ IdentifierInfo *getIdentifierInfoForSlot(unsigned i) const {
+ assert(i < getNumArgs() && "getIdentifierInfoForSlot(): illegal index");
+ return keyword_begin()[i];
+ }
+ static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+ keyword_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs) {
+ ID.AddInteger(NumArgs);
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
+ ID.AddPointer(ArgTys[i]);
+ }
+ void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
+ Profile(ID, keyword_begin(), getNumArgs());
+ }
+};
+} // end namespace clang.
+
+unsigned Selector::getNumArgs() const {
+ unsigned IIF = getIdentifierInfoFlag();
+ if (IIF == ZeroArg)
+ return 0;
+ if (IIF == OneArg)
+ return 1;
+ // We point to a MultiKeywordSelector (pointer doesn't contain any flags).
+ MultiKeywordSelector *SI = reinterpret_cast<MultiKeywordSelector *>(InfoPtr);
+ return SI->getNumArgs();
+}
+
+IdentifierInfo *Selector::getIdentifierInfoForSlot(unsigned argIndex) const {
+ if (getIdentifierInfoFlag()) {
+ assert(argIndex == 0 && "illegal keyword index");
+ return getAsIdentifierInfo();
+ }
+ // We point to a MultiKeywordSelector (pointer doesn't contain any flags).
+ MultiKeywordSelector *SI = reinterpret_cast<MultiKeywordSelector *>(InfoPtr);
+ return SI->getIdentifierInfoForSlot(argIndex);
+}
+
+StringRef Selector::getNameForSlot(unsigned int argIndex) const {
+ IdentifierInfo *II = getIdentifierInfoForSlot(argIndex);
+ return II? II->getName() : StringRef();
+}
+
+std::string MultiKeywordSelector::getName() const {
+ SmallString<256> Str;
+ llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
+ for (keyword_iterator I = keyword_begin(), E = keyword_end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ if (*I)
+ OS << (*I)->getName();
+ OS << ':';
+ }
+
+ return OS.str();
+}
+
+std::string Selector::getAsString() const {
+ if (InfoPtr == 0)
+ return "<null selector>";
+
+ if (InfoPtr & ArgFlags) {
+ IdentifierInfo *II = getAsIdentifierInfo();
+
+ // If the number of arguments is 0 then II is guaranteed to not be null.
+ if (getNumArgs() == 0)
+ return II->getName();
+
+ if (!II)
+ return ":";
+
+ return II->getName().str() + ":";
+ }
+
+ // We have a multiple keyword selector (no embedded flags).
+ return reinterpret_cast<MultiKeywordSelector *>(InfoPtr)->getName();
+}
+
+/// Interpreting the given string using the normal CamelCase
+/// conventions, determine whether the given string starts with the
+/// given "word", which is assumed to end in a lowercase letter.
+static bool startsWithWord(StringRef name, StringRef word) {
+ if (name.size() < word.size()) return false;
+ return ((name.size() == word.size() ||
+ !islower(name[word.size()]))
+ && name.startswith(word));
+}
+
+ObjCMethodFamily Selector::getMethodFamilyImpl(Selector sel) {
+ IdentifierInfo *first = sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0);
+ if (!first) return OMF_None;
+
+ StringRef name = first->getName();
+ if (sel.isUnarySelector()) {
+ if (name == "autorelease") return OMF_autorelease;
+ if (name == "dealloc") return OMF_dealloc;
+ if (name == "finalize") return OMF_finalize;
+ if (name == "release") return OMF_release;
+ if (name == "retain") return OMF_retain;
+ if (name == "retainCount") return OMF_retainCount;
+ if (name == "self") return OMF_self;
+ }
+
+ if (name == "performSelector") return OMF_performSelector;
+
+ // The other method families may begin with a prefix of underscores.
+ while (!name.empty() && name.front() == '_')
+ name = name.substr(1);
+
+ if (name.empty()) return OMF_None;
+ switch (name.front()) {
+ case 'a':
+ if (startsWithWord(name, "alloc")) return OMF_alloc;
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ if (startsWithWord(name, "copy")) return OMF_copy;
+ break;
+ case 'i':
+ if (startsWithWord(name, "init")) return OMF_init;
+ break;
+ case 'm':
+ if (startsWithWord(name, "mutableCopy")) return OMF_mutableCopy;
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ if (startsWithWord(name, "new")) return OMF_new;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return OMF_None;
+}
+
+namespace {
+ struct SelectorTableImpl {
+ llvm::FoldingSet<MultiKeywordSelector> Table;
+ llvm::BumpPtrAllocator Allocator;
+ };
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+static SelectorTableImpl &getSelectorTableImpl(void *P) {
+ return *static_cast<SelectorTableImpl*>(P);
+}
+
+/*static*/ Selector
+SelectorTable::constructSetterName(IdentifierTable &Idents,
+ SelectorTable &SelTable,
+ const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
+ SmallString<100> SelectorName;
+ SelectorName = "set";
+ SelectorName += Name->getName();
+ SelectorName[3] = toupper(SelectorName[3]);
+ IdentifierInfo *SetterName = &Idents.get(SelectorName);
+ return SelTable.getUnarySelector(SetterName);
+}
+
+size_t SelectorTable::getTotalMemory() const {
+ SelectorTableImpl &SelTabImpl = getSelectorTableImpl(Impl);
+ return SelTabImpl.Allocator.getTotalMemory();
+}
+
+Selector SelectorTable::getSelector(unsigned nKeys, IdentifierInfo **IIV) {
+ if (nKeys < 2)
+ return Selector(IIV[0], nKeys);
+
+ SelectorTableImpl &SelTabImpl = getSelectorTableImpl(Impl);
+
+ // Unique selector, to guarantee there is one per name.
+ llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ MultiKeywordSelector::Profile(ID, IIV, nKeys);
+
+ void *InsertPos = 0;
+ if (MultiKeywordSelector *SI =
+ SelTabImpl.Table.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
+ return Selector(SI);
+
+ // MultiKeywordSelector objects are not allocated with new because they have a
+ // variable size array (for parameter types) at the end of them.
+ unsigned Size = sizeof(MultiKeywordSelector) + nKeys*sizeof(IdentifierInfo *);
+ MultiKeywordSelector *SI =
+ (MultiKeywordSelector*)SelTabImpl.Allocator.Allocate(Size,
+ llvm::alignOf<MultiKeywordSelector>());
+ new (SI) MultiKeywordSelector(nKeys, IIV);
+ SelTabImpl.Table.InsertNode(SI, InsertPos);
+ return Selector(SI);
+}
+
+SelectorTable::SelectorTable() {
+ Impl = new SelectorTableImpl();
+}
+
+SelectorTable::~SelectorTable() {
+ delete &getSelectorTableImpl(Impl);
+}
+
+const char *clang::getOperatorSpelling(OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
+ switch (Operator) {
+ case OO_None:
+ case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
+ return 0;
+
+#define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name,Spelling,Token,Unary,Binary,MemberOnly) \
+ case OO_##Name: return Spelling;
+#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def"
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadedOperatorKind!");
+}
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/LangOptions.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/LangOptions.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..991992a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/LangOptions.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+//===--- LangOptions.cpp - C Language Family Language Options ---*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the LangOptions class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+
+using namespace clang;
+
+LangOptions::LangOptions() {
+#define LANGOPT(Name, Bits, Default, Description) Name = Default;
+#define ENUM_LANGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default, Description) set##Name(Default);
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.def"
+}
+
+void LangOptions::resetNonModularOptions() {
+#define LANGOPT(Name, Bits, Default, Description)
+#define BENIGN_LANGOPT(Name, Bits, Default, Description) Name = Default;
+#define BENIGN_ENUM_LANGOPT(Name, Type, Bits, Default, Description) \
+ Name = Default;
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.def"
+
+ CurrentModule.clear();
+}
+
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/Makefile b/clang/lib/Basic/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe2c515
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+##===- clang/lib/Basic/Makefile ----------------------------*- Makefile -*-===##
+#
+# The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+#
+# This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+# License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+#
+##===----------------------------------------------------------------------===##
+#
+# This implements the Basic library for the C-Language front-end.
+#
+##===----------------------------------------------------------------------===##
+
+CLANG_LEVEL := ../..
+LIBRARYNAME := clangBasic
+
+include $(CLANG_LEVEL)/Makefile
+
+SVN_REVISION := $(strip \
+ $(shell $(LLVM_SRC_ROOT)/utils/GetSourceVersion $(PROJ_SRC_DIR)/../..))
+
+SVN_REPOSITORY := $(strip \
+ $(shell $(LLVM_SRC_ROOT)/utils/GetRepositoryPath $(PROJ_SRC_DIR)/../..))
+
+LLVM_REVISION := $(strip \
+ $(shell $(LLVM_SRC_ROOT)/utils/GetSourceVersion $(LLVM_SRC_ROOT)))
+
+LLVM_REPOSITORY := $(strip \
+ $(shell $(LLVM_SRC_ROOT)/utils/GetRepositoryPath $(LLVM_SRC_ROOT)))
+
+CPP.Defines += -I$(PROJ_SRC_DIR)/../../include -I$(PROJ_OBJ_DIR)/../../include \
+ -DSVN_REVISION='"$(SVN_REVISION)"' -DSVN_REPOSITORY='"$(SVN_REPOSITORY)"' \
+ -DLLVM_REVISION='"$(LLVM_REVISION)"' -DLLVM_REPOSITORY='"$(LLVM_REPOSITORY)"'
+
+$(ObjDir)/.ver-svn .ver: $(ObjDir)/.dir
+ @if [ '$(SVN_REVISION) $(LLVM_REVISION)' != '$(shell cat $(ObjDir)/.ver-svn 2>/dev/null)' ]; then\
+ echo '$(SVN_REVISION) $(LLVM_REVISION)' > $(ObjDir)/.ver-svn; \
+ fi
+$(ObjDir)/.ver-svn: .ver
+$(ObjDir)/Version.o: $(ObjDir)/.ver-svn
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/Module.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/Module.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6348840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/Module.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+//===--- Module.h - Describe a module ---------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines the Module class, which describes a module in the source
+// code.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
+using namespace clang;
+
+Module::Module(StringRef Name, SourceLocation DefinitionLoc, Module *Parent,
+ bool IsFramework, bool IsExplicit)
+ : Name(Name), DefinitionLoc(DefinitionLoc), Parent(Parent),
+ Umbrella(), IsAvailable(true), IsFromModuleFile(false),
+ IsFramework(IsFramework), IsExplicit(IsExplicit), IsSystem(false),
+ InferSubmodules(false), InferExplicitSubmodules(false),
+ InferExportWildcard(false), NameVisibility(Hidden)
+{
+ if (Parent) {
+ if (!Parent->isAvailable())
+ IsAvailable = false;
+ if (Parent->IsSystem)
+ IsSystem = true;
+
+ Parent->SubModuleIndex[Name] = Parent->SubModules.size();
+ Parent->SubModules.push_back(this);
+ }
+}
+
+Module::~Module() {
+ for (submodule_iterator I = submodule_begin(), IEnd = submodule_end();
+ I != IEnd; ++I) {
+ delete *I;
+ }
+
+}
+
+/// \brief Determine whether a translation unit built using the current
+/// language options has the given feature.
+static bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature, const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+ const TargetInfo &Target) {
+ return llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(Feature)
+ .Case("altivec", LangOpts.AltiVec)
+ .Case("blocks", LangOpts.Blocks)
+ .Case("cplusplus", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
+ .Case("cplusplus11", LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
+ .Case("objc", LangOpts.ObjC1)
+ .Case("objc_arc", LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount)
+ .Case("opencl", LangOpts.OpenCL)
+ .Case("tls", Target.isTLSSupported())
+ .Default(Target.hasFeature(Feature));
+}
+
+bool
+Module::isAvailable(const LangOptions &LangOpts, const TargetInfo &Target,
+ StringRef &Feature) const {
+ if (IsAvailable)
+ return true;
+
+ for (const Module *Current = this; Current; Current = Current->Parent) {
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Current->Requires.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ if (!hasFeature(Current->Requires[I], LangOpts, Target)) {
+ Feature = Current->Requires[I];
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ llvm_unreachable("could not find a reason why module is unavailable");
+}
+
+bool Module::isSubModuleOf(Module *Other) const {
+ const Module *This = this;
+ do {
+ if (This == Other)
+ return true;
+
+ This = This->Parent;
+ } while (This);
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+const Module *Module::getTopLevelModule() const {
+ const Module *Result = this;
+ while (Result->Parent)
+ Result = Result->Parent;
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+std::string Module::getFullModuleName() const {
+ llvm::SmallVector<StringRef, 2> Names;
+
+ // Build up the set of module names (from innermost to outermost).
+ for (const Module *M = this; M; M = M->Parent)
+ Names.push_back(M->Name);
+
+ std::string Result;
+ for (llvm::SmallVector<StringRef, 2>::reverse_iterator I = Names.rbegin(),
+ IEnd = Names.rend();
+ I != IEnd; ++I) {
+ if (!Result.empty())
+ Result += '.';
+
+ Result += *I;
+ }
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+const DirectoryEntry *Module::getUmbrellaDir() const {
+ if (const FileEntry *Header = getUmbrellaHeader())
+ return Header->getDir();
+
+ return Umbrella.dyn_cast<const DirectoryEntry *>();
+}
+
+void Module::addRequirement(StringRef Feature, const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+ const TargetInfo &Target) {
+ Requires.push_back(Feature);
+
+ // If this feature is currently available, we're done.
+ if (hasFeature(Feature, LangOpts, Target))
+ return;
+
+ if (!IsAvailable)
+ return;
+
+ llvm::SmallVector<Module *, 2> Stack;
+ Stack.push_back(this);
+ while (!Stack.empty()) {
+ Module *Current = Stack.back();
+ Stack.pop_back();
+
+ if (!Current->IsAvailable)
+ continue;
+
+ Current->IsAvailable = false;
+ for (submodule_iterator Sub = Current->submodule_begin(),
+ SubEnd = Current->submodule_end();
+ Sub != SubEnd; ++Sub) {
+ if ((*Sub)->IsAvailable)
+ Stack.push_back(*Sub);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+Module *Module::findSubmodule(StringRef Name) const {
+ llvm::StringMap<unsigned>::const_iterator Pos = SubModuleIndex.find(Name);
+ if (Pos == SubModuleIndex.end())
+ return 0;
+
+ return SubModules[Pos->getValue()];
+}
+
+static void printModuleId(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ModuleId &Id) {
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Id.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ if (I)
+ OS << ".";
+ OS << Id[I].first;
+ }
+}
+
+void Module::print(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Indent) const {
+ OS.indent(Indent);
+ if (IsFramework)
+ OS << "framework ";
+ if (IsExplicit)
+ OS << "explicit ";
+ OS << "module " << Name;
+
+ if (IsSystem) {
+ OS.indent(Indent + 2);
+ OS << " [system]";
+ }
+
+ OS << " {\n";
+
+ if (!Requires.empty()) {
+ OS.indent(Indent + 2);
+ OS << "requires ";
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Requires.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ if (I)
+ OS << ", ";
+ OS << Requires[I];
+ }
+ OS << "\n";
+ }
+
+ if (const FileEntry *UmbrellaHeader = getUmbrellaHeader()) {
+ OS.indent(Indent + 2);
+ OS << "umbrella header \"";
+ OS.write_escaped(UmbrellaHeader->getName());
+ OS << "\"\n";
+ } else if (const DirectoryEntry *UmbrellaDir = getUmbrellaDir()) {
+ OS.indent(Indent + 2);
+ OS << "umbrella \"";
+ OS.write_escaped(UmbrellaDir->getName());
+ OS << "\"\n";
+ }
+
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Headers.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ OS.indent(Indent + 2);
+ OS << "header \"";
+ OS.write_escaped(Headers[I]->getName());
+ OS << "\"\n";
+ }
+
+ for (submodule_const_iterator MI = submodule_begin(), MIEnd = submodule_end();
+ MI != MIEnd; ++MI)
+ (*MI)->print(OS, Indent + 2);
+
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = Exports.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ OS.indent(Indent + 2);
+ OS << "export ";
+ if (Module *Restriction = Exports[I].getPointer()) {
+ OS << Restriction->getFullModuleName();
+ if (Exports[I].getInt())
+ OS << ".*";
+ } else {
+ OS << "*";
+ }
+ OS << "\n";
+ }
+
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = UnresolvedExports.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ OS.indent(Indent + 2);
+ OS << "export ";
+ printModuleId(OS, UnresolvedExports[I].Id);
+ if (UnresolvedExports[I].Wildcard) {
+ if (UnresolvedExports[I].Id.empty())
+ OS << "*";
+ else
+ OS << ".*";
+ }
+ OS << "\n";
+ }
+
+ if (InferSubmodules) {
+ OS.indent(Indent + 2);
+ if (InferExplicitSubmodules)
+ OS << "explicit ";
+ OS << "module * {\n";
+ if (InferExportWildcard) {
+ OS.indent(Indent + 4);
+ OS << "export *\n";
+ }
+ OS.indent(Indent + 2);
+ OS << "}\n";
+ }
+
+ OS.indent(Indent);
+ OS << "}\n";
+}
+
+void Module::dump() const {
+ print(llvm::errs());
+}
+
+
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/SourceLocation.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/SourceLocation.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb5a10a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/SourceLocation.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+//==--- SourceLocation.cpp - Compact identifier for Source Files -*- C++ -*-==//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines accessor methods for the FullSourceLoc class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/PrettyStackTrace.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include <cstdio>
+using namespace clang;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// PrettyStackTraceLoc
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+void PrettyStackTraceLoc::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
+ if (Loc.isValid()) {
+ Loc.print(OS, SM);
+ OS << ": ";
+ }
+ OS << Message << '\n';
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// SourceLocation
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+void SourceLocation::print(raw_ostream &OS, const SourceManager &SM)const{
+ if (!isValid()) {
+ OS << "<invalid loc>";
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (isFileID()) {
+ PresumedLoc PLoc = SM.getPresumedLoc(*this);
+
+ if (PLoc.isInvalid()) {
+ OS << "<invalid>";
+ return;
+ }
+ // The macro expansion and spelling pos is identical for file locs.
+ OS << PLoc.getFilename() << ':' << PLoc.getLine()
+ << ':' << PLoc.getColumn();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ SM.getExpansionLoc(*this).print(OS, SM);
+
+ OS << " <Spelling=";
+ SM.getSpellingLoc(*this).print(OS, SM);
+ OS << '>';
+}
+
+void SourceLocation::dump(const SourceManager &SM) const {
+ print(llvm::errs(), SM);
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// FullSourceLoc
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+FileID FullSourceLoc::getFileID() const {
+ assert(isValid());
+ return SrcMgr->getFileID(*this);
+}
+
+
+FullSourceLoc FullSourceLoc::getExpansionLoc() const {
+ assert(isValid());
+ return FullSourceLoc(SrcMgr->getExpansionLoc(*this), *SrcMgr);
+}
+
+FullSourceLoc FullSourceLoc::getSpellingLoc() const {
+ assert(isValid());
+ return FullSourceLoc(SrcMgr->getSpellingLoc(*this), *SrcMgr);
+}
+
+unsigned FullSourceLoc::getExpansionLineNumber(bool *Invalid) const {
+ assert(isValid());
+ return SrcMgr->getExpansionLineNumber(*this, Invalid);
+}
+
+unsigned FullSourceLoc::getExpansionColumnNumber(bool *Invalid) const {
+ assert(isValid());
+ return SrcMgr->getExpansionColumnNumber(*this, Invalid);
+}
+
+unsigned FullSourceLoc::getSpellingLineNumber(bool *Invalid) const {
+ assert(isValid());
+ return SrcMgr->getSpellingLineNumber(*this, Invalid);
+}
+
+unsigned FullSourceLoc::getSpellingColumnNumber(bool *Invalid) const {
+ assert(isValid());
+ return SrcMgr->getSpellingColumnNumber(*this, Invalid);
+}
+
+bool FullSourceLoc::isInSystemHeader() const {
+ assert(isValid());
+ return SrcMgr->isInSystemHeader(*this);
+}
+
+bool FullSourceLoc::isBeforeInTranslationUnitThan(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+ assert(isValid());
+ return SrcMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(*this, Loc);
+}
+
+void FullSourceLoc::dump() const {
+ SourceLocation::dump(*SrcMgr);
+}
+
+const char *FullSourceLoc::getCharacterData(bool *Invalid) const {
+ assert(isValid());
+ return SrcMgr->getCharacterData(*this, Invalid);
+}
+
+const llvm::MemoryBuffer* FullSourceLoc::getBuffer(bool *Invalid) const {
+ assert(isValid());
+ return SrcMgr->getBuffer(SrcMgr->getFileID(*this), Invalid);
+}
+
+StringRef FullSourceLoc::getBufferData(bool *Invalid) const {
+ return getBuffer(Invalid)->getBuffer();
+}
+
+std::pair<FileID, unsigned> FullSourceLoc::getDecomposedLoc() const {
+ return SrcMgr->getDecomposedLoc(*this);
+}
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/SourceManager.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/SourceManager.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cef091c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/SourceManager.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1896 @@
+//===--- SourceManager.cpp - Track and cache source files -----------------===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the SourceManager interface.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/SourceManagerInternals.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <string>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+using namespace clang;
+using namespace SrcMgr;
+using llvm::MemoryBuffer;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// SourceManager Helper Classes
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+ContentCache::~ContentCache() {
+ if (shouldFreeBuffer())
+ delete Buffer.getPointer();
+}
+
+/// getSizeBytesMapped - Returns the number of bytes actually mapped for this
+/// ContentCache. This can be 0 if the MemBuffer was not actually expanded.
+unsigned ContentCache::getSizeBytesMapped() const {
+ return Buffer.getPointer() ? Buffer.getPointer()->getBufferSize() : 0;
+}
+
+/// Returns the kind of memory used to back the memory buffer for
+/// this content cache. This is used for performance analysis.
+llvm::MemoryBuffer::BufferKind ContentCache::getMemoryBufferKind() const {
+ assert(Buffer.getPointer());
+
+ // Should be unreachable, but keep for sanity.
+ if (!Buffer.getPointer())
+ return llvm::MemoryBuffer::MemoryBuffer_Malloc;
+
+ const llvm::MemoryBuffer *buf = Buffer.getPointer();
+ return buf->getBufferKind();
+}
+
+/// getSize - Returns the size of the content encapsulated by this ContentCache.
+/// This can be the size of the source file or the size of an arbitrary
+/// scratch buffer. If the ContentCache encapsulates a source file, that
+/// file is not lazily brought in from disk to satisfy this query.
+unsigned ContentCache::getSize() const {
+ return Buffer.getPointer() ? (unsigned) Buffer.getPointer()->getBufferSize()
+ : (unsigned) ContentsEntry->getSize();
+}
+
+void ContentCache::replaceBuffer(const llvm::MemoryBuffer *B,
+ bool DoNotFree) {
+ if (B == Buffer.getPointer()) {
+ assert(0 && "Replacing with the same buffer");
+ Buffer.setInt(DoNotFree? DoNotFreeFlag : 0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (shouldFreeBuffer())
+ delete Buffer.getPointer();
+ Buffer.setPointer(B);
+ Buffer.setInt(DoNotFree? DoNotFreeFlag : 0);
+}
+
+const llvm::MemoryBuffer *ContentCache::getBuffer(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag,
+ const SourceManager &SM,
+ SourceLocation Loc,
+ bool *Invalid) const {
+ // Lazily create the Buffer for ContentCaches that wrap files. If we already
+ // computed it, just return what we have.
+ if (Buffer.getPointer() || ContentsEntry == 0) {
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = isBufferInvalid();
+
+ return Buffer.getPointer();
+ }
+
+ std::string ErrorStr;
+ Buffer.setPointer(SM.getFileManager().getBufferForFile(ContentsEntry, &ErrorStr));
+
+ // If we were unable to open the file, then we are in an inconsistent
+ // situation where the content cache referenced a file which no longer
+ // exists. Most likely, we were using a stat cache with an invalid entry but
+ // the file could also have been removed during processing. Since we can't
+ // really deal with this situation, just create an empty buffer.
+ //
+ // FIXME: This is definitely not ideal, but our immediate clients can't
+ // currently handle returning a null entry here. Ideally we should detect
+ // that we are in an inconsistent situation and error out as quickly as
+ // possible.
+ if (!Buffer.getPointer()) {
+ const StringRef FillStr("<<<MISSING SOURCE FILE>>>\n");
+ Buffer.setPointer(MemoryBuffer::getNewMemBuffer(ContentsEntry->getSize(),
+ "<invalid>"));
+ char *Ptr = const_cast<char*>(Buffer.getPointer()->getBufferStart());
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = ContentsEntry->getSize(); i != e; ++i)
+ Ptr[i] = FillStr[i % FillStr.size()];
+
+ if (Diag.isDiagnosticInFlight())
+ Diag.SetDelayedDiagnostic(diag::err_cannot_open_file,
+ ContentsEntry->getName(), ErrorStr);
+ else
+ Diag.Report(Loc, diag::err_cannot_open_file)
+ << ContentsEntry->getName() << ErrorStr;
+
+ Buffer.setInt(Buffer.getInt() | InvalidFlag);
+
+ if (Invalid) *Invalid = true;
+ return Buffer.getPointer();
+ }
+
+ // Check that the file's size is the same as in the file entry (which may
+ // have come from a stat cache).
+ if (getRawBuffer()->getBufferSize() != (size_t)ContentsEntry->getSize()) {
+ if (Diag.isDiagnosticInFlight())
+ Diag.SetDelayedDiagnostic(diag::err_file_modified,
+ ContentsEntry->getName());
+ else
+ Diag.Report(Loc, diag::err_file_modified)
+ << ContentsEntry->getName();
+
+ Buffer.setInt(Buffer.getInt() | InvalidFlag);
+ if (Invalid) *Invalid = true;
+ return Buffer.getPointer();
+ }
+
+ // If the buffer is valid, check to see if it has a UTF Byte Order Mark
+ // (BOM). We only support UTF-8 with and without a BOM right now. See
+ // http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Byte_order_mark for more information.
+ StringRef BufStr = Buffer.getPointer()->getBuffer();
+ const char *InvalidBOM = llvm::StringSwitch<const char *>(BufStr)
+ .StartsWith("\xFE\xFF", "UTF-16 (BE)")
+ .StartsWith("\xFF\xFE", "UTF-16 (LE)")
+ .StartsWith("\x00\x00\xFE\xFF", "UTF-32 (BE)")
+ .StartsWith("\xFF\xFE\x00\x00", "UTF-32 (LE)")
+ .StartsWith("\x2B\x2F\x76", "UTF-7")
+ .StartsWith("\xF7\x64\x4C", "UTF-1")
+ .StartsWith("\xDD\x73\x66\x73", "UTF-EBCDIC")
+ .StartsWith("\x0E\xFE\xFF", "SDSU")
+ .StartsWith("\xFB\xEE\x28", "BOCU-1")
+ .StartsWith("\x84\x31\x95\x33", "GB-18030")
+ .Default(0);
+
+ if (InvalidBOM) {
+ Diag.Report(Loc, diag::err_unsupported_bom)
+ << InvalidBOM << ContentsEntry->getName();
+ Buffer.setInt(Buffer.getInt() | InvalidFlag);
+ }
+
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = isBufferInvalid();
+
+ return Buffer.getPointer();
+}
+
+unsigned LineTableInfo::getLineTableFilenameID(StringRef Name) {
+ // Look up the filename in the string table, returning the pre-existing value
+ // if it exists.
+ llvm::StringMapEntry<unsigned> &Entry =
+ FilenameIDs.GetOrCreateValue(Name, ~0U);
+ if (Entry.getValue() != ~0U)
+ return Entry.getValue();
+
+ // Otherwise, assign this the next available ID.
+ Entry.setValue(FilenamesByID.size());
+ FilenamesByID.push_back(&Entry);
+ return FilenamesByID.size()-1;
+}
+
+/// AddLineNote - Add a line note to the line table that indicates that there
+/// is a #line at the specified FID/Offset location which changes the presumed
+/// location to LineNo/FilenameID.
+void LineTableInfo::AddLineNote(int FID, unsigned Offset,
+ unsigned LineNo, int FilenameID) {
+ std::vector<LineEntry> &Entries = LineEntries[FID];
+
+ assert((Entries.empty() || Entries.back().FileOffset < Offset) &&
+ "Adding line entries out of order!");
+
+ SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind Kind = SrcMgr::C_User;
+ unsigned IncludeOffset = 0;
+
+ if (!Entries.empty()) {
+ // If this is a '#line 4' after '#line 42 "foo.h"', make sure to remember
+ // that we are still in "foo.h".
+ if (FilenameID == -1)
+ FilenameID = Entries.back().FilenameID;
+
+ // If we are after a line marker that switched us to system header mode, or
+ // that set #include information, preserve it.
+ Kind = Entries.back().FileKind;
+ IncludeOffset = Entries.back().IncludeOffset;
+ }
+
+ Entries.push_back(LineEntry::get(Offset, LineNo, FilenameID, Kind,
+ IncludeOffset));
+}
+
+/// AddLineNote This is the same as the previous version of AddLineNote, but is
+/// used for GNU line markers. If EntryExit is 0, then this doesn't change the
+/// presumed #include stack. If it is 1, this is a file entry, if it is 2 then
+/// this is a file exit. FileKind specifies whether this is a system header or
+/// extern C system header.
+void LineTableInfo::AddLineNote(int FID, unsigned Offset,
+ unsigned LineNo, int FilenameID,
+ unsigned EntryExit,
+ SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind FileKind) {
+ assert(FilenameID != -1 && "Unspecified filename should use other accessor");
+
+ std::vector<LineEntry> &Entries = LineEntries[FID];
+
+ assert((Entries.empty() || Entries.back().FileOffset < Offset) &&
+ "Adding line entries out of order!");
+
+ unsigned IncludeOffset = 0;
+ if (EntryExit == 0) { // No #include stack change.
+ IncludeOffset = Entries.empty() ? 0 : Entries.back().IncludeOffset;
+ } else if (EntryExit == 1) {
+ IncludeOffset = Offset-1;
+ } else if (EntryExit == 2) {
+ assert(!Entries.empty() && Entries.back().IncludeOffset &&
+ "PPDirectives should have caught case when popping empty include stack");
+
+ // Get the include loc of the last entries' include loc as our include loc.
+ IncludeOffset = 0;
+ if (const LineEntry *PrevEntry =
+ FindNearestLineEntry(FID, Entries.back().IncludeOffset))
+ IncludeOffset = PrevEntry->IncludeOffset;
+ }
+
+ Entries.push_back(LineEntry::get(Offset, LineNo, FilenameID, FileKind,
+ IncludeOffset));
+}
+
+
+/// FindNearestLineEntry - Find the line entry nearest to FID that is before
+/// it. If there is no line entry before Offset in FID, return null.
+const LineEntry *LineTableInfo::FindNearestLineEntry(int FID,
+ unsigned Offset) {
+ const std::vector<LineEntry> &Entries = LineEntries[FID];
+ assert(!Entries.empty() && "No #line entries for this FID after all!");
+
+ // It is very common for the query to be after the last #line, check this
+ // first.
+ if (Entries.back().FileOffset <= Offset)
+ return &Entries.back();
+
+ // Do a binary search to find the maximal element that is still before Offset.
+ std::vector<LineEntry>::const_iterator I =
+ std::upper_bound(Entries.begin(), Entries.end(), Offset);
+ if (I == Entries.begin()) return 0;
+ return &*--I;
+}
+
+/// \brief Add a new line entry that has already been encoded into
+/// the internal representation of the line table.
+void LineTableInfo::AddEntry(int FID,
+ const std::vector<LineEntry> &Entries) {
+ LineEntries[FID] = Entries;
+}
+
+/// getLineTableFilenameID - Return the uniqued ID for the specified filename.
+///
+unsigned SourceManager::getLineTableFilenameID(StringRef Name) {
+ if (LineTable == 0)
+ LineTable = new LineTableInfo();
+ return LineTable->getLineTableFilenameID(Name);
+}
+
+
+/// AddLineNote - Add a line note to the line table for the FileID and offset
+/// specified by Loc. If FilenameID is -1, it is considered to be
+/// unspecified.
+void SourceManager::AddLineNote(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned LineNo,
+ int FilenameID) {
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = getDecomposedExpansionLoc(Loc);
+
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ const SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
+ if (!Entry.isFile() || Invalid)
+ return;
+
+ const SrcMgr::FileInfo &FileInfo = Entry.getFile();
+
+ // Remember that this file has #line directives now if it doesn't already.
+ const_cast<SrcMgr::FileInfo&>(FileInfo).setHasLineDirectives();
+
+ if (LineTable == 0)
+ LineTable = new LineTableInfo();
+ LineTable->AddLineNote(LocInfo.first.ID, LocInfo.second, LineNo, FilenameID);
+}
+
+/// AddLineNote - Add a GNU line marker to the line table.
+void SourceManager::AddLineNote(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned LineNo,
+ int FilenameID, bool IsFileEntry,
+ bool IsFileExit, bool IsSystemHeader,
+ bool IsExternCHeader) {
+ // If there is no filename and no flags, this is treated just like a #line,
+ // which does not change the flags of the previous line marker.
+ if (FilenameID == -1) {
+ assert(!IsFileEntry && !IsFileExit && !IsSystemHeader && !IsExternCHeader &&
+ "Can't set flags without setting the filename!");
+ return AddLineNote(Loc, LineNo, FilenameID);
+ }
+
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = getDecomposedExpansionLoc(Loc);
+
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ const SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
+ if (!Entry.isFile() || Invalid)
+ return;
+
+ const SrcMgr::FileInfo &FileInfo = Entry.getFile();
+
+ // Remember that this file has #line directives now if it doesn't already.
+ const_cast<SrcMgr::FileInfo&>(FileInfo).setHasLineDirectives();
+
+ if (LineTable == 0)
+ LineTable = new LineTableInfo();
+
+ SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind FileKind;
+ if (IsExternCHeader)
+ FileKind = SrcMgr::C_ExternCSystem;
+ else if (IsSystemHeader)
+ FileKind = SrcMgr::C_System;
+ else
+ FileKind = SrcMgr::C_User;
+
+ unsigned EntryExit = 0;
+ if (IsFileEntry)
+ EntryExit = 1;
+ else if (IsFileExit)
+ EntryExit = 2;
+
+ LineTable->AddLineNote(LocInfo.first.ID, LocInfo.second, LineNo, FilenameID,
+ EntryExit, FileKind);
+}
+
+LineTableInfo &SourceManager::getLineTable() {
+ if (LineTable == 0)
+ LineTable = new LineTableInfo();
+ return *LineTable;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Private 'Create' methods.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+SourceManager::SourceManager(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag, FileManager &FileMgr)
+ : Diag(Diag), FileMgr(FileMgr), OverridenFilesKeepOriginalName(true),
+ ExternalSLocEntries(0), LineTable(0), NumLinearScans(0),
+ NumBinaryProbes(0), FakeBufferForRecovery(0),
+ FakeContentCacheForRecovery(0) {
+ clearIDTables();
+ Diag.setSourceManager(this);
+}
+
+SourceManager::~SourceManager() {
+ delete LineTable;
+
+ // Delete FileEntry objects corresponding to content caches. Since the actual
+ // content cache objects are bump pointer allocated, we just have to run the
+ // dtors, but we call the deallocate method for completeness.
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = MemBufferInfos.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+ if (MemBufferInfos[i]) {
+ MemBufferInfos[i]->~ContentCache();
+ ContentCacheAlloc.Deallocate(MemBufferInfos[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ for (llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry*, SrcMgr::ContentCache*>::iterator
+ I = FileInfos.begin(), E = FileInfos.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+ if (I->second) {
+ I->second->~ContentCache();
+ ContentCacheAlloc.Deallocate(I->second);
+ }
+ }
+
+ delete FakeBufferForRecovery;
+ delete FakeContentCacheForRecovery;
+
+ for (llvm::DenseMap<FileID, MacroArgsMap *>::iterator
+ I = MacroArgsCacheMap.begin(),E = MacroArgsCacheMap.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
+ delete I->second;
+ }
+}
+
+void SourceManager::clearIDTables() {
+ MainFileID = FileID();
+ LocalSLocEntryTable.clear();
+ LoadedSLocEntryTable.clear();
+ SLocEntryLoaded.clear();
+ LastLineNoFileIDQuery = FileID();
+ LastLineNoContentCache = 0;
+ LastFileIDLookup = FileID();
+
+ if (LineTable)
+ LineTable->clear();
+
+ // Use up FileID #0 as an invalid expansion.
+ NextLocalOffset = 0;
+ CurrentLoadedOffset = MaxLoadedOffset;
+ createExpansionLoc(SourceLocation(),SourceLocation(),SourceLocation(), 1);
+}
+
+/// getOrCreateContentCache - Create or return a cached ContentCache for the
+/// specified file.
+const ContentCache *
+SourceManager::getOrCreateContentCache(const FileEntry *FileEnt) {
+ assert(FileEnt && "Didn't specify a file entry to use?");
+
+ // Do we already have information about this file?
+ ContentCache *&Entry = FileInfos[FileEnt];
+ if (Entry) return Entry;
+
+ // Nope, create a new Cache entry. Make sure it is at least 8-byte aligned
+ // so that FileInfo can use the low 3 bits of the pointer for its own
+ // nefarious purposes.
+ unsigned EntryAlign = llvm::AlignOf<ContentCache>::Alignment;
+ EntryAlign = std::max(8U, EntryAlign);
+ Entry = ContentCacheAlloc.Allocate<ContentCache>(1, EntryAlign);
+
+ // If the file contents are overridden with contents from another file,
+ // pass that file to ContentCache.
+ llvm::DenseMap<const FileEntry *, const FileEntry *>::iterator
+ overI = OverriddenFiles.find(FileEnt);
+ if (overI == OverriddenFiles.end())
+ new (Entry) ContentCache(FileEnt);
+ else
+ new (Entry) ContentCache(OverridenFilesKeepOriginalName ? FileEnt
+ : overI->second,
+ overI->second);
+
+ return Entry;
+}
+
+
+/// createMemBufferContentCache - Create a new ContentCache for the specified
+/// memory buffer. This does no caching.
+const ContentCache*
+SourceManager::createMemBufferContentCache(const MemoryBuffer *Buffer) {
+ // Add a new ContentCache to the MemBufferInfos list and return it. Make sure
+ // it is at least 8-byte aligned so that FileInfo can use the low 3 bits of
+ // the pointer for its own nefarious purposes.
+ unsigned EntryAlign = llvm::AlignOf<ContentCache>::Alignment;
+ EntryAlign = std::max(8U, EntryAlign);
+ ContentCache *Entry = ContentCacheAlloc.Allocate<ContentCache>(1, EntryAlign);
+ new (Entry) ContentCache();
+ MemBufferInfos.push_back(Entry);
+ Entry->setBuffer(Buffer);
+ return Entry;
+}
+
+const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &SourceManager::loadSLocEntry(unsigned Index,
+ bool *Invalid) const {
+ assert(!SLocEntryLoaded[Index]);
+ if (ExternalSLocEntries->ReadSLocEntry(-(static_cast<int>(Index) + 2))) {
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = true;
+ // If the file of the SLocEntry changed we could still have loaded it.
+ if (!SLocEntryLoaded[Index]) {
+ // Try to recover; create a SLocEntry so the rest of clang can handle it.
+ LoadedSLocEntryTable[Index] = SLocEntry::get(0,
+ FileInfo::get(SourceLocation(),
+ getFakeContentCacheForRecovery(),
+ SrcMgr::C_User));
+ }
+ }
+
+ return LoadedSLocEntryTable[Index];
+}
+
+std::pair<int, unsigned>
+SourceManager::AllocateLoadedSLocEntries(unsigned NumSLocEntries,
+ unsigned TotalSize) {
+ assert(ExternalSLocEntries && "Don't have an external sloc source");
+ LoadedSLocEntryTable.resize(LoadedSLocEntryTable.size() + NumSLocEntries);
+ SLocEntryLoaded.resize(LoadedSLocEntryTable.size());
+ CurrentLoadedOffset -= TotalSize;
+ assert(CurrentLoadedOffset >= NextLocalOffset && "Out of source locations");
+ int ID = LoadedSLocEntryTable.size();
+ return std::make_pair(-ID - 1, CurrentLoadedOffset);
+}
+
+/// \brief As part of recovering from missing or changed content, produce a
+/// fake, non-empty buffer.
+const llvm::MemoryBuffer *SourceManager::getFakeBufferForRecovery() const {
+ if (!FakeBufferForRecovery)
+ FakeBufferForRecovery
+ = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBuffer("<<<INVALID BUFFER>>");
+
+ return FakeBufferForRecovery;
+}
+
+/// \brief As part of recovering from missing or changed content, produce a
+/// fake content cache.
+const SrcMgr::ContentCache *
+SourceManager::getFakeContentCacheForRecovery() const {
+ if (!FakeContentCacheForRecovery) {
+ FakeContentCacheForRecovery = new ContentCache();
+ FakeContentCacheForRecovery->replaceBuffer(getFakeBufferForRecovery(),
+ /*DoNotFree=*/true);
+ }
+ return FakeContentCacheForRecovery;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Methods to create new FileID's and macro expansions.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// createFileID - Create a new FileID for the specified ContentCache and
+/// include position. This works regardless of whether the ContentCache
+/// corresponds to a file or some other input source.
+FileID SourceManager::createFileID(const ContentCache *File,
+ SourceLocation IncludePos,
+ SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind FileCharacter,
+ int LoadedID, unsigned LoadedOffset) {
+ if (LoadedID < 0) {
+ assert(LoadedID != -1 && "Loading sentinel FileID");
+ unsigned Index = unsigned(-LoadedID) - 2;
+ assert(Index < LoadedSLocEntryTable.size() && "FileID out of range");
+ assert(!SLocEntryLoaded[Index] && "FileID already loaded");
+ LoadedSLocEntryTable[Index] = SLocEntry::get(LoadedOffset,
+ FileInfo::get(IncludePos, File, FileCharacter));
+ SLocEntryLoaded[Index] = true;
+ return FileID::get(LoadedID);
+ }
+ LocalSLocEntryTable.push_back(SLocEntry::get(NextLocalOffset,
+ FileInfo::get(IncludePos, File,
+ FileCharacter)));
+ unsigned FileSize = File->getSize();
+ assert(NextLocalOffset + FileSize + 1 > NextLocalOffset &&
+ NextLocalOffset + FileSize + 1 <= CurrentLoadedOffset &&
+ "Ran out of source locations!");
+ // We do a +1 here because we want a SourceLocation that means "the end of the
+ // file", e.g. for the "no newline at the end of the file" diagnostic.
+ NextLocalOffset += FileSize + 1;
+
+ // Set LastFileIDLookup to the newly created file. The next getFileID call is
+ // almost guaranteed to be from that file.
+ FileID FID = FileID::get(LocalSLocEntryTable.size()-1);
+ return LastFileIDLookup = FID;
+}
+
+SourceLocation
+SourceManager::createMacroArgExpansionLoc(SourceLocation SpellingLoc,
+ SourceLocation ExpansionLoc,
+ unsigned TokLength) {
+ ExpansionInfo Info = ExpansionInfo::createForMacroArg(SpellingLoc,
+ ExpansionLoc);
+ return createExpansionLocImpl(Info, TokLength);
+}
+
+SourceLocation
+SourceManager::createExpansionLoc(SourceLocation SpellingLoc,
+ SourceLocation ExpansionLocStart,
+ SourceLocation ExpansionLocEnd,
+ unsigned TokLength,
+ int LoadedID,
+ unsigned LoadedOffset) {
+ ExpansionInfo Info = ExpansionInfo::create(SpellingLoc, ExpansionLocStart,
+ ExpansionLocEnd);
+ return createExpansionLocImpl(Info, TokLength, LoadedID, LoadedOffset);
+}
+
+SourceLocation
+SourceManager::createExpansionLocImpl(const ExpansionInfo &Info,
+ unsigned TokLength,
+ int LoadedID,
+ unsigned LoadedOffset) {
+ if (LoadedID < 0) {
+ assert(LoadedID != -1 && "Loading sentinel FileID");
+ unsigned Index = unsigned(-LoadedID) - 2;
+ assert(Index < LoadedSLocEntryTable.size() && "FileID out of range");
+ assert(!SLocEntryLoaded[Index] && "FileID already loaded");
+ LoadedSLocEntryTable[Index] = SLocEntry::get(LoadedOffset, Info);
+ SLocEntryLoaded[Index] = true;
+ return SourceLocation::getMacroLoc(LoadedOffset);
+ }
+ LocalSLocEntryTable.push_back(SLocEntry::get(NextLocalOffset, Info));
+ assert(NextLocalOffset + TokLength + 1 > NextLocalOffset &&
+ NextLocalOffset + TokLength + 1 <= CurrentLoadedOffset &&
+ "Ran out of source locations!");
+ // See createFileID for that +1.
+ NextLocalOffset += TokLength + 1;
+ return SourceLocation::getMacroLoc(NextLocalOffset - (TokLength + 1));
+}
+
+const llvm::MemoryBuffer *
+SourceManager::getMemoryBufferForFile(const FileEntry *File,
+ bool *Invalid) {
+ const SrcMgr::ContentCache *IR = getOrCreateContentCache(File);
+ assert(IR && "getOrCreateContentCache() cannot return NULL");
+ return IR->getBuffer(Diag, *this, SourceLocation(), Invalid);
+}
+
+void SourceManager::overrideFileContents(const FileEntry *SourceFile,
+ const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer,
+ bool DoNotFree) {
+ const SrcMgr::ContentCache *IR = getOrCreateContentCache(SourceFile);
+ assert(IR && "getOrCreateContentCache() cannot return NULL");
+
+ const_cast<SrcMgr::ContentCache *>(IR)->replaceBuffer(Buffer, DoNotFree);
+ const_cast<SrcMgr::ContentCache *>(IR)->BufferOverridden = true;
+}
+
+void SourceManager::overrideFileContents(const FileEntry *SourceFile,
+ const FileEntry *NewFile) {
+ assert(SourceFile->getSize() == NewFile->getSize() &&
+ "Different sizes, use the FileManager to create a virtual file with "
+ "the correct size");
+ assert(FileInfos.count(SourceFile) == 0 &&
+ "This function should be called at the initialization stage, before "
+ "any parsing occurs.");
+ OverriddenFiles[SourceFile] = NewFile;
+}
+
+StringRef SourceManager::getBufferData(FileID FID, bool *Invalid) const {
+ bool MyInvalid = false;
+ const SLocEntry &SLoc = getSLocEntry(FID, &MyInvalid);
+ if (!SLoc.isFile() || MyInvalid) {
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = true;
+ return "<<<<<INVALID SOURCE LOCATION>>>>>";
+ }
+
+ const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buf
+ = SLoc.getFile().getContentCache()->getBuffer(Diag, *this, SourceLocation(),
+ &MyInvalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = MyInvalid;
+
+ if (MyInvalid)
+ return "<<<<<INVALID SOURCE LOCATION>>>>>";
+
+ return Buf->getBuffer();
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// SourceLocation manipulation methods.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// \brief Return the FileID for a SourceLocation.
+///
+/// This is the cache-miss path of getFileID. Not as hot as that function, but
+/// still very important. It is responsible for finding the entry in the
+/// SLocEntry tables that contains the specified location.
+FileID SourceManager::getFileIDSlow(unsigned SLocOffset) const {
+ if (!SLocOffset)
+ return FileID::get(0);
+
+ // Now it is time to search for the correct file. See where the SLocOffset
+ // sits in the global view and consult local or loaded buffers for it.
+ if (SLocOffset < NextLocalOffset)
+ return getFileIDLocal(SLocOffset);
+ return getFileIDLoaded(SLocOffset);
+}
+
+/// \brief Return the FileID for a SourceLocation with a low offset.
+///
+/// This function knows that the SourceLocation is in a local buffer, not a
+/// loaded one.
+FileID SourceManager::getFileIDLocal(unsigned SLocOffset) const {
+ assert(SLocOffset < NextLocalOffset && "Bad function choice");
+
+ // After the first and second level caches, I see two common sorts of
+ // behavior: 1) a lot of searched FileID's are "near" the cached file
+ // location or are "near" the cached expansion location. 2) others are just
+ // completely random and may be a very long way away.
+ //
+ // To handle this, we do a linear search for up to 8 steps to catch #1 quickly
+ // then we fall back to a less cache efficient, but more scalable, binary
+ // search to find the location.
+
+ // See if this is near the file point - worst case we start scanning from the
+ // most newly created FileID.
+ std::vector<SrcMgr::SLocEntry>::const_iterator I;
+
+ if (LastFileIDLookup.ID < 0 ||
+ LocalSLocEntryTable[LastFileIDLookup.ID].getOffset() < SLocOffset) {
+ // Neither loc prunes our search.
+ I = LocalSLocEntryTable.end();
+ } else {
+ // Perhaps it is near the file point.
+ I = LocalSLocEntryTable.begin()+LastFileIDLookup.ID;
+ }
+
+ // Find the FileID that contains this. "I" is an iterator that points to a
+ // FileID whose offset is known to be larger than SLocOffset.
+ unsigned NumProbes = 0;
+ while (1) {
+ --I;
+ if (I->getOffset() <= SLocOffset) {
+ FileID Res = FileID::get(int(I - LocalSLocEntryTable.begin()));
+
+ // If this isn't an expansion, remember it. We have good locality across
+ // FileID lookups.
+ if (!I->isExpansion())
+ LastFileIDLookup = Res;
+ NumLinearScans += NumProbes+1;
+ return Res;
+ }
+ if (++NumProbes == 8)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Convert "I" back into an index. We know that it is an entry whose index is
+ // larger than the offset we are looking for.
+ unsigned GreaterIndex = I - LocalSLocEntryTable.begin();
+ // LessIndex - This is the lower bound of the range that we're searching.
+ // We know that the offset corresponding to the FileID is is less than
+ // SLocOffset.
+ unsigned LessIndex = 0;
+ NumProbes = 0;
+ while (1) {
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ unsigned MiddleIndex = (GreaterIndex-LessIndex)/2+LessIndex;
+ unsigned MidOffset = getLocalSLocEntry(MiddleIndex, &Invalid).getOffset();
+ if (Invalid)
+ return FileID::get(0);
+
+ ++NumProbes;
+
+ // If the offset of the midpoint is too large, chop the high side of the
+ // range to the midpoint.
+ if (MidOffset > SLocOffset) {
+ GreaterIndex = MiddleIndex;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // If the middle index contains the value, succeed and return.
+ // FIXME: This could be made faster by using a function that's aware of
+ // being in the local area.
+ if (isOffsetInFileID(FileID::get(MiddleIndex), SLocOffset)) {
+ FileID Res = FileID::get(MiddleIndex);
+
+ // If this isn't a macro expansion, remember it. We have good locality
+ // across FileID lookups.
+ if (!LocalSLocEntryTable[MiddleIndex].isExpansion())
+ LastFileIDLookup = Res;
+ NumBinaryProbes += NumProbes;
+ return Res;
+ }
+
+ // Otherwise, move the low-side up to the middle index.
+ LessIndex = MiddleIndex;
+ }
+}
+
+/// \brief Return the FileID for a SourceLocation with a high offset.
+///
+/// This function knows that the SourceLocation is in a loaded buffer, not a
+/// local one.
+FileID SourceManager::getFileIDLoaded(unsigned SLocOffset) const {
+ // Sanity checking, otherwise a bug may lead to hanging in release build.
+ if (SLocOffset < CurrentLoadedOffset) {
+ assert(0 && "Invalid SLocOffset or bad function choice");
+ return FileID();
+ }
+
+ // Essentially the same as the local case, but the loaded array is sorted
+ // in the other direction.
+
+ // First do a linear scan from the last lookup position, if possible.
+ unsigned I;
+ int LastID = LastFileIDLookup.ID;
+ if (LastID >= 0 || getLoadedSLocEntryByID(LastID).getOffset() < SLocOffset)
+ I = 0;
+ else
+ I = (-LastID - 2) + 1;
+
+ unsigned NumProbes;
+ for (NumProbes = 0; NumProbes < 8; ++NumProbes, ++I) {
+ // Make sure the entry is loaded!
+ const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &E = getLoadedSLocEntry(I);
+ if (E.getOffset() <= SLocOffset) {
+ FileID Res = FileID::get(-int(I) - 2);
+
+ if (!E.isExpansion())
+ LastFileIDLookup = Res;
+ NumLinearScans += NumProbes + 1;
+ return Res;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Linear scan failed. Do the binary search. Note the reverse sorting of the
+ // table: GreaterIndex is the one where the offset is greater, which is
+ // actually a lower index!
+ unsigned GreaterIndex = I;
+ unsigned LessIndex = LoadedSLocEntryTable.size();
+ NumProbes = 0;
+ while (1) {
+ ++NumProbes;
+ unsigned MiddleIndex = (LessIndex - GreaterIndex) / 2 + GreaterIndex;
+ const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &E = getLoadedSLocEntry(MiddleIndex);
+
+ ++NumProbes;
+
+ if (E.getOffset() > SLocOffset) {
+ GreaterIndex = MiddleIndex;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isOffsetInFileID(FileID::get(-int(MiddleIndex) - 2), SLocOffset)) {
+ FileID Res = FileID::get(-int(MiddleIndex) - 2);
+ if (!E.isExpansion())
+ LastFileIDLookup = Res;
+ NumBinaryProbes += NumProbes;
+ return Res;
+ }
+
+ LessIndex = MiddleIndex;
+ }
+}
+
+SourceLocation SourceManager::
+getExpansionLocSlowCase(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+ do {
+ // Note: If Loc indicates an offset into a token that came from a macro
+ // expansion (e.g. the 5th character of the token) we do not want to add
+ // this offset when going to the expansion location. The expansion
+ // location is the macro invocation, which the offset has nothing to do
+ // with. This is unlike when we get the spelling loc, because the offset
+ // directly correspond to the token whose spelling we're inspecting.
+ Loc = getSLocEntry(getFileID(Loc)).getExpansion().getExpansionLocStart();
+ } while (!Loc.isFileID());
+
+ return Loc;
+}
+
+SourceLocation SourceManager::getSpellingLocSlowCase(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+ do {
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = getDecomposedLoc(Loc);
+ Loc = getSLocEntry(LocInfo.first).getExpansion().getSpellingLoc();
+ Loc = Loc.getLocWithOffset(LocInfo.second);
+ } while (!Loc.isFileID());
+ return Loc;
+}
+
+SourceLocation SourceManager::getFileLocSlowCase(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+ do {
+ if (isMacroArgExpansion(Loc))
+ Loc = getImmediateSpellingLoc(Loc);
+ else
+ Loc = getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
+ } while (!Loc.isFileID());
+ return Loc;
+}
+
+
+std::pair<FileID, unsigned>
+SourceManager::getDecomposedExpansionLocSlowCase(
+ const SrcMgr::SLocEntry *E) const {
+ // If this is an expansion record, walk through all the expansion points.
+ FileID FID;
+ SourceLocation Loc;
+ unsigned Offset;
+ do {
+ Loc = E->getExpansion().getExpansionLocStart();
+
+ FID = getFileID(Loc);
+ E = &getSLocEntry(FID);
+ Offset = Loc.getOffset()-E->getOffset();
+ } while (!Loc.isFileID());
+
+ return std::make_pair(FID, Offset);
+}
+
+std::pair<FileID, unsigned>
+SourceManager::getDecomposedSpellingLocSlowCase(const SrcMgr::SLocEntry *E,
+ unsigned Offset) const {
+ // If this is an expansion record, walk through all the expansion points.
+ FileID FID;
+ SourceLocation Loc;
+ do {
+ Loc = E->getExpansion().getSpellingLoc();
+ Loc = Loc.getLocWithOffset(Offset);
+
+ FID = getFileID(Loc);
+ E = &getSLocEntry(FID);
+ Offset = Loc.getOffset()-E->getOffset();
+ } while (!Loc.isFileID());
+
+ return std::make_pair(FID, Offset);
+}
+
+/// getImmediateSpellingLoc - Given a SourceLocation object, return the
+/// spelling location referenced by the ID. This is the first level down
+/// towards the place where the characters that make up the lexed token can be
+/// found. This should not generally be used by clients.
+SourceLocation SourceManager::getImmediateSpellingLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const{
+ if (Loc.isFileID()) return Loc;
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = getDecomposedLoc(Loc);
+ Loc = getSLocEntry(LocInfo.first).getExpansion().getSpellingLoc();
+ return Loc.getLocWithOffset(LocInfo.second);
+}
+
+
+/// getImmediateExpansionRange - Loc is required to be an expansion location.
+/// Return the start/end of the expansion information.
+std::pair<SourceLocation,SourceLocation>
+SourceManager::getImmediateExpansionRange(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+ assert(Loc.isMacroID() && "Not a macro expansion loc!");
+ const ExpansionInfo &Expansion = getSLocEntry(getFileID(Loc)).getExpansion();
+ return Expansion.getExpansionLocRange();
+}
+
+/// getExpansionRange - Given a SourceLocation object, return the range of
+/// tokens covered by the expansion in the ultimate file.
+std::pair<SourceLocation,SourceLocation>
+SourceManager::getExpansionRange(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+ if (Loc.isFileID()) return std::make_pair(Loc, Loc);
+
+ std::pair<SourceLocation,SourceLocation> Res =
+ getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc);
+
+ // Fully resolve the start and end locations to their ultimate expansion
+ // points.
+ while (!Res.first.isFileID())
+ Res.first = getImmediateExpansionRange(Res.first).first;
+ while (!Res.second.isFileID())
+ Res.second = getImmediateExpansionRange(Res.second).second;
+ return Res;
+}
+
+bool SourceManager::isMacroArgExpansion(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+ if (!Loc.isMacroID()) return false;
+
+ FileID FID = getFileID(Loc);
+ const SrcMgr::SLocEntry *E = &getSLocEntry(FID);
+ const SrcMgr::ExpansionInfo &Expansion = E->getExpansion();
+ return Expansion.isMacroArgExpansion();
+}
+
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Queries about the code at a SourceLocation.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// getCharacterData - Return a pointer to the start of the specified location
+/// in the appropriate MemoryBuffer.
+const char *SourceManager::getCharacterData(SourceLocation SL,
+ bool *Invalid) const {
+ // Note that this is a hot function in the getSpelling() path, which is
+ // heavily used by -E mode.
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = getDecomposedSpellingLoc(SL);
+
+ // Note that calling 'getBuffer()' may lazily page in a source file.
+ bool CharDataInvalid = false;
+ const SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(LocInfo.first, &CharDataInvalid);
+ if (CharDataInvalid || !Entry.isFile()) {
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = true;
+
+ return "<<<<INVALID BUFFER>>>>";
+ }
+ const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer
+ = Entry.getFile().getContentCache()
+ ->getBuffer(Diag, *this, SourceLocation(), &CharDataInvalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = CharDataInvalid;
+ return Buffer->getBufferStart() + (CharDataInvalid? 0 : LocInfo.second);
+}
+
+
+/// getColumnNumber - Return the column # for the specified file position.
+/// this is significantly cheaper to compute than the line number.
+unsigned SourceManager::getColumnNumber(FileID FID, unsigned FilePos,
+ bool *Invalid) const {
+ bool MyInvalid = false;
+ const llvm::MemoryBuffer *MemBuf = getBuffer(FID, &MyInvalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = MyInvalid;
+
+ if (MyInvalid)
+ return 1;
+
+ if (FilePos >= MemBuf->getBufferSize()) {
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = MyInvalid;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ const char *Buf = MemBuf->getBufferStart();
+ unsigned LineStart = FilePos;
+ while (LineStart && Buf[LineStart-1] != '\n' && Buf[LineStart-1] != '\r')
+ --LineStart;
+ return FilePos-LineStart+1;
+}
+
+// isInvalid - Return the result of calling loc.isInvalid(), and
+// if Invalid is not null, set its value to same.
+static bool isInvalid(SourceLocation Loc, bool *Invalid) {
+ bool MyInvalid = Loc.isInvalid();
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = MyInvalid;
+ return MyInvalid;
+}
+
+unsigned SourceManager::getSpellingColumnNumber(SourceLocation Loc,
+ bool *Invalid) const {
+ if (isInvalid(Loc, Invalid)) return 0;
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = getDecomposedSpellingLoc(Loc);
+ return getColumnNumber(LocInfo.first, LocInfo.second, Invalid);
+}
+
+unsigned SourceManager::getExpansionColumnNumber(SourceLocation Loc,
+ bool *Invalid) const {
+ if (isInvalid(Loc, Invalid)) return 0;
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = getDecomposedExpansionLoc(Loc);
+ return getColumnNumber(LocInfo.first, LocInfo.second, Invalid);
+}
+
+unsigned SourceManager::getPresumedColumnNumber(SourceLocation Loc,
+ bool *Invalid) const {
+ if (isInvalid(Loc, Invalid)) return 0;
+ return getPresumedLoc(Loc).getColumn();
+}
+
+#ifdef __SSE2__
+#include <emmintrin.h>
+#endif
+
+static LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE void
+ComputeLineNumbers(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag, ContentCache *FI,
+ llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Alloc,
+ const SourceManager &SM, bool &Invalid);
+static void ComputeLineNumbers(DiagnosticsEngine &Diag, ContentCache *FI,
+ llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &Alloc,
+ const SourceManager &SM, bool &Invalid) {
+ // Note that calling 'getBuffer()' may lazily page in the file.
+ const MemoryBuffer *Buffer = FI->getBuffer(Diag, SM, SourceLocation(),
+ &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ return;
+
+ // Find the file offsets of all of the *physical* source lines. This does
+ // not look at trigraphs, escaped newlines, or anything else tricky.
+ SmallVector<unsigned, 256> LineOffsets;
+
+ // Line #1 starts at char 0.
+ LineOffsets.push_back(0);
+
+ const unsigned char *Buf = (const unsigned char *)Buffer->getBufferStart();
+ const unsigned char *End = (const unsigned char *)Buffer->getBufferEnd();
+ unsigned Offs = 0;
+ while (1) {
+ // Skip over the contents of the line.
+ const unsigned char *NextBuf = (const unsigned char *)Buf;
+
+#ifdef __SSE2__
+ // Try to skip to the next newline using SSE instructions. This is very
+ // performance sensitive for programs with lots of diagnostics and in -E
+ // mode.
+ __m128i CRs = _mm_set1_epi8('\r');
+ __m128i LFs = _mm_set1_epi8('\n');
+
+ // First fix up the alignment to 16 bytes.
+ while (((uintptr_t)NextBuf & 0xF) != 0) {
+ if (*NextBuf == '\n' || *NextBuf == '\r' || *NextBuf == '\0')
+ goto FoundSpecialChar;
+ ++NextBuf;
+ }
+
+ // Scan 16 byte chunks for '\r' and '\n'. Ignore '\0'.
+ while (NextBuf+16 <= End) {
+ __m128i Chunk = *(__m128i*)NextBuf;
+ __m128i Cmp = _mm_or_si128(_mm_cmpeq_epi8(Chunk, CRs),
+ _mm_cmpeq_epi8(Chunk, LFs));
+ unsigned Mask = _mm_movemask_epi8(Cmp);
+
+ // If we found a newline, adjust the pointer and jump to the handling code.
+ if (Mask != 0) {
+ NextBuf += llvm::CountTrailingZeros_32(Mask);
+ goto FoundSpecialChar;
+ }
+ NextBuf += 16;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ while (*NextBuf != '\n' && *NextBuf != '\r' && *NextBuf != '\0')
+ ++NextBuf;
+
+#ifdef __SSE2__
+FoundSpecialChar:
+#endif
+ Offs += NextBuf-Buf;
+ Buf = NextBuf;
+
+ if (Buf[0] == '\n' || Buf[0] == '\r') {
+ // If this is \n\r or \r\n, skip both characters.
+ if ((Buf[1] == '\n' || Buf[1] == '\r') && Buf[0] != Buf[1])
+ ++Offs, ++Buf;
+ ++Offs, ++Buf;
+ LineOffsets.push_back(Offs);
+ } else {
+ // Otherwise, this is a null. If end of file, exit.
+ if (Buf == End) break;
+ // Otherwise, skip the null.
+ ++Offs, ++Buf;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Copy the offsets into the FileInfo structure.
+ FI->NumLines = LineOffsets.size();
+ FI->SourceLineCache = Alloc.Allocate<unsigned>(LineOffsets.size());
+ std::copy(LineOffsets.begin(), LineOffsets.end(), FI->SourceLineCache);
+}
+
+/// getLineNumber - Given a SourceLocation, return the spelling line number
+/// for the position indicated. This requires building and caching a table of
+/// line offsets for the MemoryBuffer, so this is not cheap: use only when
+/// about to emit a diagnostic.
+unsigned SourceManager::getLineNumber(FileID FID, unsigned FilePos,
+ bool *Invalid) const {
+ if (FID.isInvalid()) {
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = true;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ ContentCache *Content;
+ if (LastLineNoFileIDQuery == FID)
+ Content = LastLineNoContentCache;
+ else {
+ bool MyInvalid = false;
+ const SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID, &MyInvalid);
+ if (MyInvalid || !Entry.isFile()) {
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = true;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ Content = const_cast<ContentCache*>(Entry.getFile().getContentCache());
+ }
+
+ // If this is the first use of line information for this buffer, compute the
+ /// SourceLineCache for it on demand.
+ if (Content->SourceLineCache == 0) {
+ bool MyInvalid = false;
+ ComputeLineNumbers(Diag, Content, ContentCacheAlloc, *this, MyInvalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = MyInvalid;
+ if (MyInvalid)
+ return 1;
+ } else if (Invalid)
+ *Invalid = false;
+
+ // Okay, we know we have a line number table. Do a binary search to find the
+ // line number that this character position lands on.
+ unsigned *SourceLineCache = Content->SourceLineCache;
+ unsigned *SourceLineCacheStart = SourceLineCache;
+ unsigned *SourceLineCacheEnd = SourceLineCache + Content->NumLines;
+
+ unsigned QueriedFilePos = FilePos+1;
+
+ // FIXME: I would like to be convinced that this code is worth being as
+ // complicated as it is, binary search isn't that slow.
+ //
+ // If it is worth being optimized, then in my opinion it could be more
+ // performant, simpler, and more obviously correct by just "galloping" outward
+ // from the queried file position. In fact, this could be incorporated into a
+ // generic algorithm such as lower_bound_with_hint.
+ //
+ // If someone gives me a test case where this matters, and I will do it! - DWD
+
+ // If the previous query was to the same file, we know both the file pos from
+ // that query and the line number returned. This allows us to narrow the
+ // search space from the entire file to something near the match.
+ if (LastLineNoFileIDQuery == FID) {
+ if (QueriedFilePos >= LastLineNoFilePos) {
+ // FIXME: Potential overflow?
+ SourceLineCache = SourceLineCache+LastLineNoResult-1;
+
+ // The query is likely to be nearby the previous one. Here we check to
+ // see if it is within 5, 10 or 20 lines. It can be far away in cases
+ // where big comment blocks and vertical whitespace eat up lines but
+ // contribute no tokens.
+ if (SourceLineCache+5 < SourceLineCacheEnd) {
+ if (SourceLineCache[5] > QueriedFilePos)
+ SourceLineCacheEnd = SourceLineCache+5;
+ else if (SourceLineCache+10 < SourceLineCacheEnd) {
+ if (SourceLineCache[10] > QueriedFilePos)
+ SourceLineCacheEnd = SourceLineCache+10;
+ else if (SourceLineCache+20 < SourceLineCacheEnd) {
+ if (SourceLineCache[20] > QueriedFilePos)
+ SourceLineCacheEnd = SourceLineCache+20;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (LastLineNoResult < Content->NumLines)
+ SourceLineCacheEnd = SourceLineCache+LastLineNoResult+1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // If the spread is large, do a "radix" test as our initial guess, based on
+ // the assumption that lines average to approximately the same length.
+ // NOTE: This is currently disabled, as it does not appear to be profitable in
+ // initial measurements.
+ if (0 && SourceLineCacheEnd-SourceLineCache > 20) {
+ unsigned FileLen = Content->SourceLineCache[Content->NumLines-1];
+
+ // Take a stab at guessing where it is.
+ unsigned ApproxPos = Content->NumLines*QueriedFilePos / FileLen;
+
+ // Check for -10 and +10 lines.
+ unsigned LowerBound = std::max(int(ApproxPos-10), 0);
+ unsigned UpperBound = std::min(ApproxPos+10, FileLen);
+
+ // If the computed lower bound is less than the query location, move it in.
+ if (SourceLineCache < SourceLineCacheStart+LowerBound &&
+ SourceLineCacheStart[LowerBound] < QueriedFilePos)
+ SourceLineCache = SourceLineCacheStart+LowerBound;
+
+ // If the computed upper bound is greater than the query location, move it.
+ if (SourceLineCacheEnd > SourceLineCacheStart+UpperBound &&
+ SourceLineCacheStart[UpperBound] >= QueriedFilePos)
+ SourceLineCacheEnd = SourceLineCacheStart+UpperBound;
+ }
+
+ unsigned *Pos
+ = std::lower_bound(SourceLineCache, SourceLineCacheEnd, QueriedFilePos);
+ unsigned LineNo = Pos-SourceLineCacheStart;
+
+ LastLineNoFileIDQuery = FID;
+ LastLineNoContentCache = Content;
+ LastLineNoFilePos = QueriedFilePos;
+ LastLineNoResult = LineNo;
+ return LineNo;
+}
+
+unsigned SourceManager::getSpellingLineNumber(SourceLocation Loc,
+ bool *Invalid) const {
+ if (isInvalid(Loc, Invalid)) return 0;
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = getDecomposedSpellingLoc(Loc);
+ return getLineNumber(LocInfo.first, LocInfo.second);
+}
+unsigned SourceManager::getExpansionLineNumber(SourceLocation Loc,
+ bool *Invalid) const {
+ if (isInvalid(Loc, Invalid)) return 0;
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = getDecomposedExpansionLoc(Loc);
+ return getLineNumber(LocInfo.first, LocInfo.second);
+}
+unsigned SourceManager::getPresumedLineNumber(SourceLocation Loc,
+ bool *Invalid) const {
+ if (isInvalid(Loc, Invalid)) return 0;
+ return getPresumedLoc(Loc).getLine();
+}
+
+/// getFileCharacteristic - return the file characteristic of the specified
+/// source location, indicating whether this is a normal file, a system
+/// header, or an "implicit extern C" system header.
+///
+/// This state can be modified with flags on GNU linemarker directives like:
+/// # 4 "foo.h" 3
+/// which changes all source locations in the current file after that to be
+/// considered to be from a system header.
+SrcMgr::CharacteristicKind
+SourceManager::getFileCharacteristic(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+ assert(!Loc.isInvalid() && "Can't get file characteristic of invalid loc!");
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = getDecomposedExpansionLoc(Loc);
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ const SLocEntry &SEntry = getSLocEntry(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid || !SEntry.isFile())
+ return C_User;
+
+ const SrcMgr::FileInfo &FI = SEntry.getFile();
+
+ // If there are no #line directives in this file, just return the whole-file
+ // state.
+ if (!FI.hasLineDirectives())
+ return FI.getFileCharacteristic();
+
+ assert(LineTable && "Can't have linetable entries without a LineTable!");
+ // See if there is a #line directive before the location.
+ const LineEntry *Entry =
+ LineTable->FindNearestLineEntry(LocInfo.first.ID, LocInfo.second);
+
+ // If this is before the first line marker, use the file characteristic.
+ if (!Entry)
+ return FI.getFileCharacteristic();
+
+ return Entry->FileKind;
+}
+
+/// Return the filename or buffer identifier of the buffer the location is in.
+/// Note that this name does not respect #line directives. Use getPresumedLoc
+/// for normal clients.
+const char *SourceManager::getBufferName(SourceLocation Loc,
+ bool *Invalid) const {
+ if (isInvalid(Loc, Invalid)) return "<invalid loc>";
+
+ return getBuffer(getFileID(Loc), Invalid)->getBufferIdentifier();
+}
+
+
+/// getPresumedLoc - This method returns the "presumed" location of a
+/// SourceLocation specifies. A "presumed location" can be modified by #line
+/// or GNU line marker directives. This provides a view on the data that a
+/// user should see in diagnostics, for example.
+///
+/// Note that a presumed location is always given as the expansion point of an
+/// expansion location, not at the spelling location.
+PresumedLoc SourceManager::getPresumedLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+ if (Loc.isInvalid()) return PresumedLoc();
+
+ // Presumed locations are always for expansion points.
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = getDecomposedExpansionLoc(Loc);
+
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ const SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid || !Entry.isFile())
+ return PresumedLoc();
+
+ const SrcMgr::FileInfo &FI = Entry.getFile();
+ const SrcMgr::ContentCache *C = FI.getContentCache();
+
+ // To get the source name, first consult the FileEntry (if one exists)
+ // before the MemBuffer as this will avoid unnecessarily paging in the
+ // MemBuffer.
+ const char *Filename;
+ if (C->OrigEntry)
+ Filename = C->OrigEntry->getName();
+ else
+ Filename = C->getBuffer(Diag, *this)->getBufferIdentifier();
+
+ unsigned LineNo = getLineNumber(LocInfo.first, LocInfo.second, &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ return PresumedLoc();
+ unsigned ColNo = getColumnNumber(LocInfo.first, LocInfo.second, &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ return PresumedLoc();
+
+ SourceLocation IncludeLoc = FI.getIncludeLoc();
+
+ // If we have #line directives in this file, update and overwrite the physical
+ // location info if appropriate.
+ if (FI.hasLineDirectives()) {
+ assert(LineTable && "Can't have linetable entries without a LineTable!");
+ // See if there is a #line directive before this. If so, get it.
+ if (const LineEntry *Entry =
+ LineTable->FindNearestLineEntry(LocInfo.first.ID, LocInfo.second)) {
+ // If the LineEntry indicates a filename, use it.
+ if (Entry->FilenameID != -1)
+ Filename = LineTable->getFilename(Entry->FilenameID);
+
+ // Use the line number specified by the LineEntry. This line number may
+ // be multiple lines down from the line entry. Add the difference in
+ // physical line numbers from the query point and the line marker to the
+ // total.
+ unsigned MarkerLineNo = getLineNumber(LocInfo.first, Entry->FileOffset);
+ LineNo = Entry->LineNo + (LineNo-MarkerLineNo-1);
+
+ // Note that column numbers are not molested by line markers.
+
+ // Handle virtual #include manipulation.
+ if (Entry->IncludeOffset) {
+ IncludeLoc = getLocForStartOfFile(LocInfo.first);
+ IncludeLoc = IncludeLoc.getLocWithOffset(Entry->IncludeOffset);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PresumedLoc(Filename, LineNo, ColNo, IncludeLoc);
+}
+
+/// \brief The size of the SLocEnty that \arg FID represents.
+unsigned SourceManager::getFileIDSize(FileID FID) const {
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID, &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ return 0;
+
+ int ID = FID.ID;
+ unsigned NextOffset;
+ if ((ID > 0 && unsigned(ID+1) == local_sloc_entry_size()))
+ NextOffset = getNextLocalOffset();
+ else if (ID+1 == -1)
+ NextOffset = MaxLoadedOffset;
+ else
+ NextOffset = getSLocEntry(FileID::get(ID+1)).getOffset();
+
+ return NextOffset - Entry.getOffset() - 1;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Other miscellaneous methods.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// \brief Retrieve the inode for the given file entry, if possible.
+///
+/// This routine involves a system call, and therefore should only be used
+/// in non-performance-critical code.
+static llvm::Optional<ino_t> getActualFileInode(const FileEntry *File) {
+ if (!File)
+ return llvm::Optional<ino_t>();
+
+ struct stat StatBuf;
+ if (::stat(File->getName(), &StatBuf))
+ return llvm::Optional<ino_t>();
+
+ return StatBuf.st_ino;
+}
+
+/// \brief Get the source location for the given file:line:col triplet.
+///
+/// If the source file is included multiple times, the source location will
+/// be based upon an arbitrary inclusion.
+SourceLocation SourceManager::translateFileLineCol(const FileEntry *SourceFile,
+ unsigned Line,
+ unsigned Col) const {
+ assert(SourceFile && "Null source file!");
+ assert(Line && Col && "Line and column should start from 1!");
+
+ FileID FirstFID = translateFile(SourceFile);
+ return translateLineCol(FirstFID, Line, Col);
+}
+
+/// \brief Get the FileID for the given file.
+///
+/// If the source file is included multiple times, the FileID will be the
+/// first inclusion.
+FileID SourceManager::translateFile(const FileEntry *SourceFile) const {
+ assert(SourceFile && "Null source file!");
+
+ // Find the first file ID that corresponds to the given file.
+ FileID FirstFID;
+
+ // First, check the main file ID, since it is common to look for a
+ // location in the main file.
+ llvm::Optional<ino_t> SourceFileInode;
+ llvm::Optional<StringRef> SourceFileName;
+ if (!MainFileID.isInvalid()) {
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ const SLocEntry &MainSLoc = getSLocEntry(MainFileID, &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ return FileID();
+
+ if (MainSLoc.isFile()) {
+ const ContentCache *MainContentCache
+ = MainSLoc.getFile().getContentCache();
+ if (!MainContentCache) {
+ // Can't do anything
+ } else if (MainContentCache->OrigEntry == SourceFile) {
+ FirstFID = MainFileID;
+ } else {
+ // Fall back: check whether we have the same base name and inode
+ // as the main file.
+ const FileEntry *MainFile = MainContentCache->OrigEntry;
+ SourceFileName = llvm::sys::path::filename(SourceFile->getName());
+ if (*SourceFileName == llvm::sys::path::filename(MainFile->getName())) {
+ SourceFileInode = getActualFileInode(SourceFile);
+ if (SourceFileInode) {
+ if (llvm::Optional<ino_t> MainFileInode
+ = getActualFileInode(MainFile)) {
+ if (*SourceFileInode == *MainFileInode) {
+ FirstFID = MainFileID;
+ SourceFile = MainFile;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (FirstFID.isInvalid()) {
+ // The location we're looking for isn't in the main file; look
+ // through all of the local source locations.
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = local_sloc_entry_size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ const SLocEntry &SLoc = getLocalSLocEntry(I, &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ return FileID();
+
+ if (SLoc.isFile() &&
+ SLoc.getFile().getContentCache() &&
+ SLoc.getFile().getContentCache()->OrigEntry == SourceFile) {
+ FirstFID = FileID::get(I);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ // If that still didn't help, try the modules.
+ if (FirstFID.isInvalid()) {
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = loaded_sloc_entry_size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ const SLocEntry &SLoc = getLoadedSLocEntry(I);
+ if (SLoc.isFile() &&
+ SLoc.getFile().getContentCache() &&
+ SLoc.getFile().getContentCache()->OrigEntry == SourceFile) {
+ FirstFID = FileID::get(-int(I) - 2);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // If we haven't found what we want yet, try again, but this time stat()
+ // each of the files in case the files have changed since we originally
+ // parsed the file.
+ if (FirstFID.isInvalid() &&
+ (SourceFileName ||
+ (SourceFileName = llvm::sys::path::filename(SourceFile->getName()))) &&
+ (SourceFileInode ||
+ (SourceFileInode = getActualFileInode(SourceFile)))) {
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ for (unsigned I = 0, N = local_sloc_entry_size(); I != N; ++I) {
+ FileID IFileID;
+ IFileID.ID = I;
+ const SLocEntry &SLoc = getSLocEntry(IFileID, &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ return FileID();
+
+ if (SLoc.isFile()) {
+ const ContentCache *FileContentCache
+ = SLoc.getFile().getContentCache();
+ const FileEntry *Entry =FileContentCache? FileContentCache->OrigEntry : 0;
+ if (Entry &&
+ *SourceFileName == llvm::sys::path::filename(Entry->getName())) {
+ if (llvm::Optional<ino_t> EntryInode = getActualFileInode(Entry)) {
+ if (*SourceFileInode == *EntryInode) {
+ FirstFID = FileID::get(I);
+ SourceFile = Entry;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return FirstFID;
+}
+
+/// \brief Get the source location in \arg FID for the given line:col.
+/// Returns null location if \arg FID is not a file SLocEntry.
+SourceLocation SourceManager::translateLineCol(FileID FID,
+ unsigned Line,
+ unsigned Col) const {
+ if (FID.isInvalid())
+ return SourceLocation();
+
+ bool Invalid = false;
+ const SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID, &Invalid);
+ if (Invalid)
+ return SourceLocation();
+
+ if (!Entry.isFile())
+ return SourceLocation();
+
+ SourceLocation FileLoc = SourceLocation::getFileLoc(Entry.getOffset());
+
+ if (Line == 1 && Col == 1)
+ return FileLoc;
+
+ ContentCache *Content
+ = const_cast<ContentCache *>(Entry.getFile().getContentCache());
+ if (!Content)
+ return SourceLocation();
+
+ // If this is the first use of line information for this buffer, compute the
+ // SourceLineCache for it on demand.
+ if (Content->SourceLineCache == 0) {
+ bool MyInvalid = false;
+ ComputeLineNumbers(Diag, Content, ContentCacheAlloc, *this, MyInvalid);
+ if (MyInvalid)
+ return SourceLocation();
+ }
+
+ if (Line > Content->NumLines) {
+ unsigned Size = Content->getBuffer(Diag, *this)->getBufferSize();
+ if (Size > 0)
+ --Size;
+ return FileLoc.getLocWithOffset(Size);
+ }
+
+ const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer = Content->getBuffer(Diag, *this);
+ unsigned FilePos = Content->SourceLineCache[Line - 1];
+ const char *Buf = Buffer->getBufferStart() + FilePos;
+ unsigned BufLength = Buffer->getBufferSize() - FilePos;
+ if (BufLength == 0)
+ return FileLoc.getLocWithOffset(FilePos);
+
+ unsigned i = 0;
+
+ // Check that the given column is valid.
+ while (i < BufLength-1 && i < Col-1 && Buf[i] != '\n' && Buf[i] != '\r')
+ ++i;
+ if (i < Col-1)
+ return FileLoc.getLocWithOffset(FilePos + i);
+
+ return FileLoc.getLocWithOffset(FilePos + Col - 1);
+}
+
+/// \brief Compute a map of macro argument chunks to their expanded source
+/// location. Chunks that are not part of a macro argument will map to an
+/// invalid source location. e.g. if a file contains one macro argument at
+/// offset 100 with length 10, this is how the map will be formed:
+/// 0 -> SourceLocation()
+/// 100 -> Expanded macro arg location
+/// 110 -> SourceLocation()
+void SourceManager::computeMacroArgsCache(MacroArgsMap *&CachePtr,
+ FileID FID) const {
+ assert(!FID.isInvalid());
+ assert(!CachePtr);
+
+ CachePtr = new MacroArgsMap();
+ MacroArgsMap &MacroArgsCache = *CachePtr;
+ // Initially no macro argument chunk is present.
+ MacroArgsCache.insert(std::make_pair(0, SourceLocation()));
+
+ int ID = FID.ID;
+ while (1) {
+ ++ID;
+ // Stop if there are no more FileIDs to check.
+ if (ID > 0) {
+ if (unsigned(ID) >= local_sloc_entry_size())
+ return;
+ } else if (ID == -1) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntryByID(ID);
+ if (Entry.isFile()) {
+ SourceLocation IncludeLoc = Entry.getFile().getIncludeLoc();
+ if (IncludeLoc.isInvalid())
+ continue;
+ if (!isInFileID(IncludeLoc, FID))
+ return; // No more files/macros that may be "contained" in this file.
+
+ // Skip the files/macros of the #include'd file, we only care about macros
+ // that lexed macro arguments from our file.
+ if (Entry.getFile().NumCreatedFIDs)
+ ID += Entry.getFile().NumCreatedFIDs - 1/*because of next ++ID*/;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ const ExpansionInfo &ExpInfo = Entry.getExpansion();
+
+ if (ExpInfo.getExpansionLocStart().isFileID()) {
+ if (!isInFileID(ExpInfo.getExpansionLocStart(), FID))
+ return; // No more files/macros that may be "contained" in this file.
+ }
+
+ if (!ExpInfo.isMacroArgExpansion())
+ continue;
+
+ SourceLocation SpellLoc = ExpInfo.getSpellingLoc();
+ while (!SpellLoc.isFileID()) {
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = getDecomposedLoc(SpellLoc);
+ const ExpansionInfo &Info = getSLocEntry(LocInfo.first).getExpansion();
+ if (!Info.isMacroArgExpansion())
+ break;
+ SpellLoc = Info.getSpellingLoc().getLocWithOffset(LocInfo.second);
+ }
+ if (!SpellLoc.isFileID())
+ continue;
+
+ unsigned BeginOffs;
+ if (!isInFileID(SpellLoc, FID, &BeginOffs))
+ continue;
+
+ unsigned EndOffs = BeginOffs + getFileIDSize(FileID::get(ID));
+
+ // Add a new chunk for this macro argument. A previous macro argument chunk
+ // may have been lexed again, so e.g. if the map is
+ // 0 -> SourceLocation()
+ // 100 -> Expanded loc #1
+ // 110 -> SourceLocation()
+ // and we found a new macro FileID that lexed from offet 105 with length 3,
+ // the new map will be:
+ // 0 -> SourceLocation()
+ // 100 -> Expanded loc #1
+ // 105 -> Expanded loc #2
+ // 108 -> Expanded loc #1
+ // 110 -> SourceLocation()
+ //
+ // Since re-lexed macro chunks will always be the same size or less of
+ // previous chunks, we only need to find where the ending of the new macro
+ // chunk is mapped to and update the map with new begin/end mappings.
+
+ MacroArgsMap::iterator I = MacroArgsCache.upper_bound(EndOffs);
+ --I;
+ SourceLocation EndOffsMappedLoc = I->second;
+ MacroArgsCache[BeginOffs] = SourceLocation::getMacroLoc(Entry.getOffset());
+ MacroArgsCache[EndOffs] = EndOffsMappedLoc;
+ }
+}
+
+/// \brief If \arg Loc points inside a function macro argument, the returned
+/// location will be the macro location in which the argument was expanded.
+/// If a macro argument is used multiple times, the expanded location will
+/// be at the first expansion of the argument.
+/// e.g.
+/// MY_MACRO(foo);
+/// ^
+/// Passing a file location pointing at 'foo', will yield a macro location
+/// where 'foo' was expanded into.
+SourceLocation
+SourceManager::getMacroArgExpandedLocation(SourceLocation Loc) const {
+ if (Loc.isInvalid() || !Loc.isFileID())
+ return Loc;
+
+ FileID FID;
+ unsigned Offset;
+ llvm::tie(FID, Offset) = getDecomposedLoc(Loc);
+ if (FID.isInvalid())
+ return Loc;
+
+ MacroArgsMap *&MacroArgsCache = MacroArgsCacheMap[FID];
+ if (!MacroArgsCache)
+ computeMacroArgsCache(MacroArgsCache, FID);
+
+ assert(!MacroArgsCache->empty());
+ MacroArgsMap::iterator I = MacroArgsCache->upper_bound(Offset);
+ --I;
+
+ unsigned MacroArgBeginOffs = I->first;
+ SourceLocation MacroArgExpandedLoc = I->second;
+ if (MacroArgExpandedLoc.isValid())
+ return MacroArgExpandedLoc.getLocWithOffset(Offset - MacroArgBeginOffs);
+
+ return Loc;
+}
+
+/// Given a decomposed source location, move it up the include/expansion stack
+/// to the parent source location. If this is possible, return the decomposed
+/// version of the parent in Loc and return false. If Loc is the top-level
+/// entry, return true and don't modify it.
+static bool MoveUpIncludeHierarchy(std::pair<FileID, unsigned> &Loc,
+ const SourceManager &SM) {
+ SourceLocation UpperLoc;
+ const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = SM.getSLocEntry(Loc.first);
+ if (Entry.isExpansion())
+ UpperLoc = Entry.getExpansion().getExpansionLocStart();
+ else
+ UpperLoc = Entry.getFile().getIncludeLoc();
+
+ if (UpperLoc.isInvalid())
+ return true; // We reached the top.
+
+ Loc = SM.getDecomposedLoc(UpperLoc);
+ return false;
+}
+
+
+/// \brief Determines the order of 2 source locations in the translation unit.
+///
+/// \returns true if LHS source location comes before RHS, false otherwise.
+bool SourceManager::isBeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceLocation LHS,
+ SourceLocation RHS) const {
+ assert(LHS.isValid() && RHS.isValid() && "Passed invalid source location!");
+ if (LHS == RHS)
+ return false;
+
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LOffs = getDecomposedLoc(LHS);
+ std::pair<FileID, unsigned> ROffs = getDecomposedLoc(RHS);
+
+ // If the source locations are in the same file, just compare offsets.
+ if (LOffs.first == ROffs.first)
+ return LOffs.second < ROffs.second;
+
+ // If we are comparing a source location with multiple locations in the same
+ // file, we get a big win by caching the result.
+ if (IsBeforeInTUCache.isCacheValid(LOffs.first, ROffs.first))
+ return IsBeforeInTUCache.getCachedResult(LOffs.second, ROffs.second);
+
+ // Okay, we missed in the cache, start updating the cache for this query.
+ IsBeforeInTUCache.setQueryFIDs(LOffs.first, ROffs.first,
+ /*isLFIDBeforeRFID=*/LOffs.first.ID < ROffs.first.ID);
+
+ // We need to find the common ancestor. The only way of doing this is to
+ // build the complete include chain for one and then walking up the chain
+ // of the other looking for a match.
+ // We use a map from FileID to Offset to store the chain. Easier than writing
+ // a custom set hash info that only depends on the first part of a pair.
+ typedef llvm::DenseMap<FileID, unsigned> LocSet;
+ LocSet LChain;
+ do {
+ LChain.insert(LOffs);
+ // We catch the case where LOffs is in a file included by ROffs and
+ // quit early. The other way round unfortunately remains suboptimal.
+ } while (LOffs.first != ROffs.first && !MoveUpIncludeHierarchy(LOffs, *this));
+ LocSet::iterator I;
+ while((I = LChain.find(ROffs.first)) == LChain.end()) {
+ if (MoveUpIncludeHierarchy(ROffs, *this))
+ break; // Met at topmost file.
+ }
+ if (I != LChain.end())
+ LOffs = *I;
+
+ // If we exited because we found a nearest common ancestor, compare the
+ // locations within the common file and cache them.
+ if (LOffs.first == ROffs.first) {
+ IsBeforeInTUCache.setCommonLoc(LOffs.first, LOffs.second, ROffs.second);
+ return IsBeforeInTUCache.getCachedResult(LOffs.second, ROffs.second);
+ }
+
+ // This can happen if a location is in a built-ins buffer.
+ // But see PR5662.
+ // Clear the lookup cache, it depends on a common location.
+ IsBeforeInTUCache.clear();
+ bool LIsBuiltins = strcmp("<built-in>",
+ getBuffer(LOffs.first)->getBufferIdentifier()) == 0;
+ bool RIsBuiltins = strcmp("<built-in>",
+ getBuffer(ROffs.first)->getBufferIdentifier()) == 0;
+ // built-in is before non-built-in
+ if (LIsBuiltins != RIsBuiltins)
+ return LIsBuiltins;
+ assert(LIsBuiltins && RIsBuiltins &&
+ "Non-built-in locations must be rooted in the main file");
+ // Both are in built-in buffers, but from different files. We just claim that
+ // lower IDs come first.
+ return LOffs.first < ROffs.first;
+}
+
+/// PrintStats - Print statistics to stderr.
+///
+void SourceManager::PrintStats() const {
+ llvm::errs() << "\n*** Source Manager Stats:\n";
+ llvm::errs() << FileInfos.size() << " files mapped, " << MemBufferInfos.size()
+ << " mem buffers mapped.\n";
+ llvm::errs() << LocalSLocEntryTable.size() << " local SLocEntry's allocated ("
+ << llvm::capacity_in_bytes(LocalSLocEntryTable)
+ << " bytes of capacity), "
+ << NextLocalOffset << "B of Sloc address space used.\n";
+ llvm::errs() << LoadedSLocEntryTable.size()
+ << " loaded SLocEntries allocated, "
+ << MaxLoadedOffset - CurrentLoadedOffset
+ << "B of Sloc address space used.\n";
+
+ unsigned NumLineNumsComputed = 0;
+ unsigned NumFileBytesMapped = 0;
+ for (fileinfo_iterator I = fileinfo_begin(), E = fileinfo_end(); I != E; ++I){
+ NumLineNumsComputed += I->second->SourceLineCache != 0;
+ NumFileBytesMapped += I->second->getSizeBytesMapped();
+ }
+ unsigned NumMacroArgsComputed = MacroArgsCacheMap.size();
+
+ llvm::errs() << NumFileBytesMapped << " bytes of files mapped, "
+ << NumLineNumsComputed << " files with line #'s computed, "
+ << NumMacroArgsComputed << " files with macro args computed.\n";
+ llvm::errs() << "FileID scans: " << NumLinearScans << " linear, "
+ << NumBinaryProbes << " binary.\n";
+}
+
+ExternalSLocEntrySource::~ExternalSLocEntrySource() { }
+
+/// Return the amount of memory used by memory buffers, breaking down
+/// by heap-backed versus mmap'ed memory.
+SourceManager::MemoryBufferSizes SourceManager::getMemoryBufferSizes() const {
+ size_t malloc_bytes = 0;
+ size_t mmap_bytes = 0;
+
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = MemBufferInfos.size(); i != e; ++i)
+ if (size_t sized_mapped = MemBufferInfos[i]->getSizeBytesMapped())
+ switch (MemBufferInfos[i]->getMemoryBufferKind()) {
+ case llvm::MemoryBuffer::MemoryBuffer_MMap:
+ mmap_bytes += sized_mapped;
+ break;
+ case llvm::MemoryBuffer::MemoryBuffer_Malloc:
+ malloc_bytes += sized_mapped;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return MemoryBufferSizes(malloc_bytes, mmap_bytes);
+}
+
+size_t SourceManager::getDataStructureSizes() const {
+ return llvm::capacity_in_bytes(MemBufferInfos)
+ + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(LocalSLocEntryTable)
+ + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(LoadedSLocEntryTable)
+ + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(SLocEntryLoaded)
+ + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(FileInfos)
+ + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenFiles);
+}
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/TargetInfo.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/TargetInfo.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c49486
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/TargetInfo.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,491 @@
+//===--- TargetInfo.cpp - Information about Target machine ----------------===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the TargetInfo and TargetInfoImpl interfaces.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include <cctype>
+#include <cstdlib>
+using namespace clang;
+
+static const LangAS::Map DefaultAddrSpaceMap = { 0 };
+
+// TargetInfo Constructor.
+TargetInfo::TargetInfo(const std::string &T) : Triple(T) {
+ // Set defaults. Defaults are set for a 32-bit RISC platform, like PPC or
+ // SPARC. These should be overridden by concrete targets as needed.
+ BigEndian = true;
+ TLSSupported = true;
+ NoAsmVariants = false;
+ PointerWidth = PointerAlign = 32;
+ BoolWidth = BoolAlign = 8;
+ IntWidth = IntAlign = 32;
+ LongWidth = LongAlign = 32;
+ LongLongWidth = LongLongAlign = 64;
+ SuitableAlign = 64;
+ HalfWidth = 16;
+ HalfAlign = 16;
+ FloatWidth = 32;
+ FloatAlign = 32;
+ DoubleWidth = 64;
+ DoubleAlign = 64;
+ LongDoubleWidth = 64;
+ LongDoubleAlign = 64;
+ LargeArrayMinWidth = 0;
+ LargeArrayAlign = 0;
+ MaxAtomicPromoteWidth = MaxAtomicInlineWidth = 0;
+ SizeType = UnsignedLong;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedLong;
+ IntMaxType = SignedLongLong;
+ UIntMaxType = UnsignedLongLong;
+ IntPtrType = SignedLong;
+ WCharType = SignedInt;
+ WIntType = SignedInt;
+ Char16Type = UnsignedShort;
+ Char32Type = UnsignedInt;
+ Int64Type = SignedLongLong;
+ SigAtomicType = SignedInt;
+ UseSignedCharForObjCBool = true;
+ UseBitFieldTypeAlignment = true;
+ UseZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment = false;
+ ZeroLengthBitfieldBoundary = 0;
+ HalfFormat = &llvm::APFloat::IEEEhalf;
+ FloatFormat = &llvm::APFloat::IEEEsingle;
+ DoubleFormat = &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble;
+ LongDoubleFormat = &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble;
+ DescriptionString = "E-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-n32";
+ UserLabelPrefix = "_";
+ MCountName = "mcount";
+ RegParmMax = 0;
+ SSERegParmMax = 0;
+ HasAlignMac68kSupport = false;
+
+ // Default to no types using fpret.
+ RealTypeUsesObjCFPRet = 0;
+
+ // Default to not using fp2ret for __Complex long double
+ ComplexLongDoubleUsesFP2Ret = false;
+
+ // Default to using the Itanium ABI.
+ CXXABI = CXXABI_Itanium;
+
+ // Default to an empty address space map.
+ AddrSpaceMap = &DefaultAddrSpaceMap;
+
+ // Default to an unknown platform name.
+ PlatformName = "unknown";
+ PlatformMinVersion = VersionTuple();
+}
+
+// Out of line virtual dtor for TargetInfo.
+TargetInfo::~TargetInfo() {}
+
+/// getTypeName - Return the user string for the specified integer type enum.
+/// For example, SignedShort -> "short".
+const char *TargetInfo::getTypeName(IntType T) {
+ switch (T) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("not an integer!");
+ case SignedShort: return "short";
+ case UnsignedShort: return "unsigned short";
+ case SignedInt: return "int";
+ case UnsignedInt: return "unsigned int";
+ case SignedLong: return "long int";
+ case UnsignedLong: return "long unsigned int";
+ case SignedLongLong: return "long long int";
+ case UnsignedLongLong: return "long long unsigned int";
+ }
+}
+
+/// getTypeConstantSuffix - Return the constant suffix for the specified
+/// integer type enum. For example, SignedLong -> "L".
+const char *TargetInfo::getTypeConstantSuffix(IntType T) {
+ switch (T) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("not an integer!");
+ case SignedShort:
+ case SignedInt: return "";
+ case SignedLong: return "L";
+ case SignedLongLong: return "LL";
+ case UnsignedShort:
+ case UnsignedInt: return "U";
+ case UnsignedLong: return "UL";
+ case UnsignedLongLong: return "ULL";
+ }
+}
+
+/// getTypeWidth - Return the width (in bits) of the specified integer type
+/// enum. For example, SignedInt -> getIntWidth().
+unsigned TargetInfo::getTypeWidth(IntType T) const {
+ switch (T) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("not an integer!");
+ case SignedShort:
+ case UnsignedShort: return getShortWidth();
+ case SignedInt:
+ case UnsignedInt: return getIntWidth();
+ case SignedLong:
+ case UnsignedLong: return getLongWidth();
+ case SignedLongLong:
+ case UnsignedLongLong: return getLongLongWidth();
+ };
+}
+
+/// getTypeAlign - Return the alignment (in bits) of the specified integer type
+/// enum. For example, SignedInt -> getIntAlign().
+unsigned TargetInfo::getTypeAlign(IntType T) const {
+ switch (T) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("not an integer!");
+ case SignedShort:
+ case UnsignedShort: return getShortAlign();
+ case SignedInt:
+ case UnsignedInt: return getIntAlign();
+ case SignedLong:
+ case UnsignedLong: return getLongAlign();
+ case SignedLongLong:
+ case UnsignedLongLong: return getLongLongAlign();
+ };
+}
+
+/// isTypeSigned - Return whether an integer types is signed. Returns true if
+/// the type is signed; false otherwise.
+bool TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(IntType T) {
+ switch (T) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("not an integer!");
+ case SignedShort:
+ case SignedInt:
+ case SignedLong:
+ case SignedLongLong:
+ return true;
+ case UnsignedShort:
+ case UnsignedInt:
+ case UnsignedLong:
+ case UnsignedLongLong:
+ return false;
+ };
+}
+
+/// setForcedLangOptions - Set forced language options.
+/// Apply changes to the target information with respect to certain
+/// language options which change the target configuration.
+void TargetInfo::setForcedLangOptions(LangOptions &Opts) {
+ if (Opts.NoBitFieldTypeAlign)
+ UseBitFieldTypeAlignment = false;
+ if (Opts.ShortWChar)
+ WCharType = UnsignedShort;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+
+static StringRef removeGCCRegisterPrefix(StringRef Name) {
+ if (Name[0] == '%' || Name[0] == '#')
+ Name = Name.substr(1);
+
+ return Name;
+}
+
+/// isValidClobber - Returns whether the passed in string is
+/// a valid clobber in an inline asm statement. This is used by
+/// Sema.
+bool TargetInfo::isValidClobber(StringRef Name) const {
+ return (isValidGCCRegisterName(Name) ||
+ Name == "memory" || Name == "cc");
+}
+
+/// isValidGCCRegisterName - Returns whether the passed in string
+/// is a valid register name according to GCC. This is used by Sema for
+/// inline asm statements.
+bool TargetInfo::isValidGCCRegisterName(StringRef Name) const {
+ if (Name.empty())
+ return false;
+
+ const char * const *Names;
+ unsigned NumNames;
+
+ // Get rid of any register prefix.
+ Name = removeGCCRegisterPrefix(Name);
+
+ getGCCRegNames(Names, NumNames);
+
+ // If we have a number it maps to an entry in the register name array.
+ if (isdigit(Name[0])) {
+ int n;
+ if (!Name.getAsInteger(0, n))
+ return n >= 0 && (unsigned)n < NumNames;
+ }
+
+ // Check register names.
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumNames; i++) {
+ if (Name == Names[i])
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // Check any additional names that we have.
+ const AddlRegName *AddlNames;
+ unsigned NumAddlNames;
+ getGCCAddlRegNames(AddlNames, NumAddlNames);
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAddlNames; i++)
+ for (unsigned j = 0; j < llvm::array_lengthof(AddlNames[i].Names); j++) {
+ if (!AddlNames[i].Names[j])
+ break;
+ // Make sure the register that the additional name is for is within
+ // the bounds of the register names from above.
+ if (AddlNames[i].Names[j] == Name && AddlNames[i].RegNum < NumNames)
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // Now check aliases.
+ const GCCRegAlias *Aliases;
+ unsigned NumAliases;
+
+ getGCCRegAliases(Aliases, NumAliases);
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAliases; i++) {
+ for (unsigned j = 0 ; j < llvm::array_lengthof(Aliases[i].Aliases); j++) {
+ if (!Aliases[i].Aliases[j])
+ break;
+ if (Aliases[i].Aliases[j] == Name)
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+StringRef
+TargetInfo::getNormalizedGCCRegisterName(StringRef Name) const {
+ assert(isValidGCCRegisterName(Name) && "Invalid register passed in");
+
+ // Get rid of any register prefix.
+ Name = removeGCCRegisterPrefix(Name);
+
+ const char * const *Names;
+ unsigned NumNames;
+
+ getGCCRegNames(Names, NumNames);
+
+ // First, check if we have a number.
+ if (isdigit(Name[0])) {
+ int n;
+ if (!Name.getAsInteger(0, n)) {
+ assert(n >= 0 && (unsigned)n < NumNames &&
+ "Out of bounds register number!");
+ return Names[n];
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Check any additional names that we have.
+ const AddlRegName *AddlNames;
+ unsigned NumAddlNames;
+ getGCCAddlRegNames(AddlNames, NumAddlNames);
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAddlNames; i++)
+ for (unsigned j = 0; j < llvm::array_lengthof(AddlNames[i].Names); j++) {
+ if (!AddlNames[i].Names[j])
+ break;
+ // Make sure the register that the additional name is for is within
+ // the bounds of the register names from above.
+ if (AddlNames[i].Names[j] == Name && AddlNames[i].RegNum < NumNames)
+ return Name;
+ }
+
+ // Now check aliases.
+ const GCCRegAlias *Aliases;
+ unsigned NumAliases;
+
+ getGCCRegAliases(Aliases, NumAliases);
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAliases; i++) {
+ for (unsigned j = 0 ; j < llvm::array_lengthof(Aliases[i].Aliases); j++) {
+ if (!Aliases[i].Aliases[j])
+ break;
+ if (Aliases[i].Aliases[j] == Name)
+ return Aliases[i].Register;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Name;
+}
+
+bool TargetInfo::validateOutputConstraint(ConstraintInfo &Info) const {
+ const char *Name = Info.getConstraintStr().c_str();
+ // An output constraint must start with '=' or '+'
+ if (*Name != '=' && *Name != '+')
+ return false;
+
+ if (*Name == '+')
+ Info.setIsReadWrite();
+
+ Name++;
+ while (*Name) {
+ switch (*Name) {
+ default:
+ if (!validateAsmConstraint(Name, Info)) {
+ // FIXME: We temporarily return false
+ // so we can add more constraints as we hit it.
+ // Eventually, an unknown constraint should just be treated as 'g'.
+ return false;
+ }
+ case '&': // early clobber.
+ break;
+ case '%': // commutative.
+ // FIXME: Check that there is a another register after this one.
+ break;
+ case 'r': // general register.
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ break;
+ case 'm': // memory operand.
+ case 'o': // offsetable memory operand.
+ case 'V': // non-offsetable memory operand.
+ case '<': // autodecrement memory operand.
+ case '>': // autoincrement memory operand.
+ Info.setAllowsMemory();
+ break;
+ case 'g': // general register, memory operand or immediate integer.
+ case 'X': // any operand.
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ Info.setAllowsMemory();
+ break;
+ case ',': // multiple alternative constraint. Pass it.
+ // Handle additional optional '=' or '+' modifiers.
+ if (Name[1] == '=' || Name[1] == '+')
+ Name++;
+ break;
+ case '?': // Disparage slightly code.
+ case '!': // Disparage severely.
+ break; // Pass them.
+ }
+
+ Name++;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool TargetInfo::resolveSymbolicName(const char *&Name,
+ ConstraintInfo *OutputConstraints,
+ unsigned NumOutputs,
+ unsigned &Index) const {
+ assert(*Name == '[' && "Symbolic name did not start with '['");
+ Name++;
+ const char *Start = Name;
+ while (*Name && *Name != ']')
+ Name++;
+
+ if (!*Name) {
+ // Missing ']'
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ std::string SymbolicName(Start, Name - Start);
+
+ for (Index = 0; Index != NumOutputs; ++Index)
+ if (SymbolicName == OutputConstraints[Index].getName())
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool TargetInfo::validateInputConstraint(ConstraintInfo *OutputConstraints,
+ unsigned NumOutputs,
+ ConstraintInfo &Info) const {
+ const char *Name = Info.ConstraintStr.c_str();
+
+ while (*Name) {
+ switch (*Name) {
+ default:
+ // Check if we have a matching constraint
+ if (*Name >= '0' && *Name <= '9') {
+ unsigned i = *Name - '0';
+
+ // Check if matching constraint is out of bounds.
+ if (i >= NumOutputs)
+ return false;
+
+ // A number must refer to an output only operand.
+ if (OutputConstraints[i].isReadWrite())
+ return false;
+
+ // If the constraint is already tied, it must be tied to the
+ // same operand referenced to by the number.
+ if (Info.hasTiedOperand() && Info.getTiedOperand() != i)
+ return false;
+
+ // The constraint should have the same info as the respective
+ // output constraint.
+ Info.setTiedOperand(i, OutputConstraints[i]);
+ } else if (!validateAsmConstraint(Name, Info)) {
+ // FIXME: This error return is in place temporarily so we can
+ // add more constraints as we hit it. Eventually, an unknown
+ // constraint should just be treated as 'g'.
+ return false;
+ }
+ break;
+ case '[': {
+ unsigned Index = 0;
+ if (!resolveSymbolicName(Name, OutputConstraints, NumOutputs, Index))
+ return false;
+
+ // If the constraint is already tied, it must be tied to the
+ // same operand referenced to by the number.
+ if (Info.hasTiedOperand() && Info.getTiedOperand() != Index)
+ return false;
+
+ Info.setTiedOperand(Index, OutputConstraints[Index]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case '%': // commutative
+ // FIXME: Fail if % is used with the last operand.
+ break;
+ case 'i': // immediate integer.
+ case 'n': // immediate integer with a known value.
+ break;
+ case 'I': // Various constant constraints with target-specific meanings.
+ case 'J':
+ case 'K':
+ case 'L':
+ case 'M':
+ case 'N':
+ case 'O':
+ case 'P':
+ break;
+ case 'r': // general register.
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ break;
+ case 'm': // memory operand.
+ case 'o': // offsettable memory operand.
+ case 'V': // non-offsettable memory operand.
+ case '<': // autodecrement memory operand.
+ case '>': // autoincrement memory operand.
+ Info.setAllowsMemory();
+ break;
+ case 'g': // general register, memory operand or immediate integer.
+ case 'X': // any operand.
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ Info.setAllowsMemory();
+ break;
+ case 'E': // immediate floating point.
+ case 'F': // immediate floating point.
+ case 'p': // address operand.
+ break;
+ case ',': // multiple alternative constraint. Ignore comma.
+ break;
+ case '?': // Disparage slightly code.
+ case '!': // Disparage severely.
+ break; // Pass them.
+ }
+
+ Name++;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/Targets.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/Targets.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd2a89a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/Targets.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,4208 @@
+//===--- Targets.cpp - Implement -arch option and targets -----------------===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements construction of a TargetInfo object from a
+// target triple.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/MacroBuilder.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/TargetOptions.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
+#include "llvm/MC/MCSectionMachO.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include "llvm/Type.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+using namespace clang;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Common code shared among targets.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// DefineStd - Define a macro name and standard variants. For example if
+/// MacroName is "unix", then this will define "__unix", "__unix__", and "unix"
+/// when in GNU mode.
+static void DefineStd(MacroBuilder &Builder, StringRef MacroName,
+ const LangOptions &Opts) {
+ assert(MacroName[0] != '_' && "Identifier should be in the user's namespace");
+
+ // If in GNU mode (e.g. -std=gnu99 but not -std=c99) define the raw identifier
+ // in the user's namespace.
+ if (Opts.GNUMode)
+ Builder.defineMacro(MacroName);
+
+ // Define __unix.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__" + MacroName);
+
+ // Define __unix__.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__" + MacroName + "__");
+}
+
+static void defineCPUMacros(MacroBuilder &Builder, StringRef CPUName,
+ bool Tuning = true) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__" + CPUName);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__" + CPUName + "__");
+ if (Tuning)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__tune_" + CPUName + "__");
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Defines specific to certain operating systems.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace {
+template<typename TgtInfo>
+class OSTargetInfo : public TgtInfo {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const=0;
+public:
+ OSTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : TgtInfo(triple) {}
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ TgtInfo::getTargetDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ getOSDefines(Opts, TgtInfo::getTriple(), Builder);
+ }
+
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+
+static void getDarwinDefines(MacroBuilder &Builder, const LangOptions &Opts,
+ const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ StringRef &PlatformName,
+ VersionTuple &PlatformMinVersion) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__APPLE_CC__", "5621");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__APPLE__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__MACH__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("OBJC_NEW_PROPERTIES");
+
+ if (!Opts.ObjCAutoRefCount) {
+ // __weak is always defined, for use in blocks and with objc pointers.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__weak", "__attribute__((objc_gc(weak)))");
+
+ // Darwin defines __strong even in C mode (just to nothing).
+ if (Opts.getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__strong", "__attribute__((objc_gc(strong)))");
+ else
+ Builder.defineMacro("__strong", "");
+
+ // __unsafe_unretained is defined to nothing in non-ARC mode. We even
+ // allow this in C, since one might have block pointers in structs that
+ // are used in pure C code and in Objective-C ARC.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__unsafe_unretained", "");
+ }
+
+ if (Opts.Static)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__STATIC__");
+ else
+ Builder.defineMacro("__DYNAMIC__");
+
+ if (Opts.POSIXThreads)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_REENTRANT");
+
+ // Get the platform type and version number from the triple.
+ unsigned Maj, Min, Rev;
+ if (Triple.isMacOSX()) {
+ Triple.getMacOSXVersion(Maj, Min, Rev);
+ PlatformName = "macosx";
+ } else {
+ Triple.getOSVersion(Maj, Min, Rev);
+ PlatformName = llvm::Triple::getOSTypeName(Triple.getOS());
+ }
+
+ // If -target arch-pc-win32-macho option specified, we're
+ // generating code for Win32 ABI. No need to emit
+ // __ENVIRONMENT_XX_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__.
+ if (PlatformName == "win32") {
+ PlatformMinVersion = VersionTuple(Maj, Min, Rev);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Set the appropriate OS version define.
+ if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::IOS) {
+ assert(Maj < 10 && Min < 100 && Rev < 100 && "Invalid version!");
+ char Str[6];
+ Str[0] = '0' + Maj;
+ Str[1] = '0' + (Min / 10);
+ Str[2] = '0' + (Min % 10);
+ Str[3] = '0' + (Rev / 10);
+ Str[4] = '0' + (Rev % 10);
+ Str[5] = '\0';
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ENVIRONMENT_IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__", Str);
+ } else {
+ // Note that the Driver allows versions which aren't representable in the
+ // define (because we only get a single digit for the minor and micro
+ // revision numbers). So, we limit them to the maximum representable
+ // version.
+ assert(Triple.getEnvironmentName().empty() && "Invalid environment!");
+ assert(Maj < 100 && Min < 100 && Rev < 100 && "Invalid version!");
+ char Str[5];
+ Str[0] = '0' + (Maj / 10);
+ Str[1] = '0' + (Maj % 10);
+ Str[2] = '0' + std::min(Min, 9U);
+ Str[3] = '0' + std::min(Rev, 9U);
+ Str[4] = '\0';
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__", Str);
+ }
+
+ PlatformMinVersion = VersionTuple(Maj, Min, Rev);
+}
+
+namespace {
+template<typename Target>
+class DarwinTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ getDarwinDefines(Builder, Opts, Triple, this->PlatformName,
+ this->PlatformMinVersion);
+ }
+
+public:
+ DarwinTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) :
+ OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ llvm::Triple T = llvm::Triple(triple);
+ this->TLSSupported = T.isMacOSX() && !T.isMacOSXVersionLT(10,7);
+ this->MCountName = "\01mcount";
+ }
+
+ virtual std::string isValidSectionSpecifier(StringRef SR) const {
+ // Let MCSectionMachO validate this.
+ StringRef Segment, Section;
+ unsigned TAA, StubSize;
+ bool HasTAA;
+ return llvm::MCSectionMachO::ParseSectionSpecifier(SR, Segment, Section,
+ TAA, HasTAA, StubSize);
+ }
+
+ virtual const char *getStaticInitSectionSpecifier() const {
+ // FIXME: We should return 0 when building kexts.
+ return "__TEXT,__StaticInit,regular,pure_instructions";
+ }
+
+ /// Darwin does not support protected visibility. Darwin's "default"
+ /// is very similar to ELF's "protected"; Darwin requires a "weak"
+ /// attribute on declarations that can be dynamically replaced.
+ virtual bool hasProtectedVisibility() const {
+ return false;
+ }
+};
+
+
+// DragonFlyBSD Target
+template<typename Target>
+class DragonFlyBSDTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // DragonFly defines; list based off of gcc output
+ Builder.defineMacro("__DragonFly__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__DragonFly_cc_version", "100001");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__KPRINTF_ATTRIBUTE__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__tune_i386__");
+ DefineStd(Builder, "unix", Opts);
+ }
+public:
+ DragonFlyBSDTargetInfo(const std::string &triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+
+ llvm::Triple Triple(triple);
+ switch (Triple.getArch()) {
+ default:
+ case llvm::Triple::x86:
+ case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
+ this->MCountName = ".mcount";
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+};
+
+// FreeBSD Target
+template<typename Target>
+class FreeBSDTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // FreeBSD defines; list based off of gcc output
+
+ unsigned Release = Triple.getOSMajorVersion();
+ if (Release == 0U)
+ Release = 8;
+
+ Builder.defineMacro("__FreeBSD__", Twine(Release));
+ Builder.defineMacro("__FreeBSD_cc_version", Twine(Release * 100000U + 1U));
+ Builder.defineMacro("__KPRINTF_ATTRIBUTE__");
+ DefineStd(Builder, "unix", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ }
+public:
+ FreeBSDTargetInfo(const std::string &triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+
+ llvm::Triple Triple(triple);
+ switch (Triple.getArch()) {
+ default:
+ case llvm::Triple::x86:
+ case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
+ this->MCountName = ".mcount";
+ break;
+ case llvm::Triple::mips:
+ case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
+ case llvm::Triple::ppc:
+ case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
+ this->MCountName = "_mcount";
+ break;
+ case llvm::Triple::arm:
+ this->MCountName = "__mcount";
+ break;
+ }
+
+ }
+};
+
+// Minix Target
+template<typename Target>
+class MinixTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // Minix defines
+
+ Builder.defineMacro("__minix", "3");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_EM_WSIZE", "4");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_EM_PSIZE", "4");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_EM_SSIZE", "2");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_EM_LSIZE", "4");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_EM_FSIZE", "4");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_EM_DSIZE", "8");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ DefineStd(Builder, "unix", Opts);
+ }
+public:
+ MinixTargetInfo(const std::string &triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+ }
+};
+
+// Linux target
+template<typename Target>
+class LinuxTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // Linux defines; list based off of gcc output
+ DefineStd(Builder, "unix", Opts);
+ DefineStd(Builder, "linux", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__gnu_linux__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ if (Opts.POSIXThreads)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_REENTRANT");
+ if (Opts.CPlusPlus)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_GNU_SOURCE");
+ }
+public:
+ LinuxTargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+ this->WIntType = TargetInfo::UnsignedInt;
+ }
+
+ virtual const char *getStaticInitSectionSpecifier() const {
+ return ".text.startup";
+ }
+};
+
+// NetBSD Target
+template<typename Target>
+class NetBSDTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // NetBSD defines; list based off of gcc output
+ Builder.defineMacro("__NetBSD__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__unix__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ if (Opts.POSIXThreads)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_POSIX_THREADS");
+ }
+public:
+ NetBSDTargetInfo(const std::string &triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+ }
+};
+
+// OpenBSD Target
+template<typename Target>
+class OpenBSDTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // OpenBSD defines; list based off of gcc output
+
+ Builder.defineMacro("__OpenBSD__");
+ DefineStd(Builder, "unix", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ if (Opts.POSIXThreads)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_REENTRANT");
+ }
+public:
+ OpenBSDTargetInfo(const std::string &triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+
+ llvm::Triple Triple(triple);
+ switch (Triple.getArch()) {
+ default:
+ case llvm::Triple::x86:
+ case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
+ case llvm::Triple::arm:
+ case llvm::Triple::sparc:
+ this->MCountName = "__mcount";
+ break;
+ case llvm::Triple::mips64:
+ case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
+ case llvm::Triple::ppc:
+ case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
+ this->MCountName = "_mcount";
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+};
+
+// PSP Target
+template<typename Target>
+class PSPTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // PSP defines; list based on the output of the pspdev gcc toolchain.
+ Builder.defineMacro("PSP");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_PSP");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__psp__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ }
+public:
+ PSPTargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+ }
+};
+
+// PS3 PPU Target
+template<typename Target>
+class PS3PPUTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // PS3 PPU defines.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__PPC__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__PPU__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__CELLOS_LV2__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__LP32__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_ARCH_PPC64");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__powerpc64__");
+ }
+public:
+ PS3PPUTargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+ this->LongWidth = this->LongAlign = 32;
+ this->PointerWidth = this->PointerAlign = 32;
+ this->IntMaxType = TargetInfo::SignedLongLong;
+ this->UIntMaxType = TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong;
+ this->Int64Type = TargetInfo::SignedLongLong;
+ this->SizeType = TargetInfo::UnsignedInt;
+ this->DescriptionString = "E-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v128:128:128-n32";
+ }
+};
+
+// FIXME: Need a real SPU target.
+// PS3 SPU Target
+template<typename Target>
+class PS3SPUTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // PS3 PPU defines.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__SPU__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ }
+public:
+ PS3SPUTargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+ }
+};
+
+// AuroraUX target
+template<typename Target>
+class AuroraUXTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ DefineStd(Builder, "sun", Opts);
+ DefineStd(Builder, "unix", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__svr4__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__SVR4");
+ }
+public:
+ AuroraUXTargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+ this->WCharType = this->SignedLong;
+ // FIXME: WIntType should be SignedLong
+ }
+};
+
+// Solaris target
+template<typename Target>
+class SolarisTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ DefineStd(Builder, "sun", Opts);
+ DefineStd(Builder, "unix", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__svr4__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__SVR4");
+ // Solaris headers require _XOPEN_SOURCE to be set to 600 for C99 and
+ // newer, but to 500 for everything else. feature_test.h has a check to
+ // ensure that you are not using C99 with an old version of X/Open or C89
+ // with a new version.
+ if (Opts.C99 || Opts.C11)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_XOPEN_SOURCE", "600");
+ else
+ Builder.defineMacro("_XOPEN_SOURCE", "500");
+ if (Opts.CPlusPlus)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__C99FEATURES__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_LARGEFILE_SOURCE");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__EXTENSIONS__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_REENTRANT");
+ }
+public:
+ SolarisTargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+ this->WCharType = this->SignedInt;
+ // FIXME: WIntType should be SignedLong
+ }
+};
+
+// Windows target
+template<typename Target>
+class WindowsTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ Builder.defineMacro("_WIN32");
+ }
+ void getVisualStudioDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ if (Opts.CPlusPlus) {
+ if (Opts.RTTI)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_CPPRTTI");
+
+ if (Opts.Exceptions)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_CPPUNWIND");
+ }
+
+ if (!Opts.CharIsSigned)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_CHAR_UNSIGNED");
+
+ // FIXME: POSIXThreads isn't exactly the option this should be defined for,
+ // but it works for now.
+ if (Opts.POSIXThreads)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MT");
+
+ if (Opts.MSCVersion != 0)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MSC_VER", Twine(Opts.MSCVersion));
+
+ if (Opts.MicrosoftExt) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MSC_EXTENSIONS");
+
+ if (Opts.CPlusPlus0x) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("_RVALUE_REFERENCES_V2_SUPPORTED");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_RVALUE_REFERENCES_SUPPORTED");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_NATIVE_NULLPTR_SUPPORTED");
+ }
+ }
+
+ Builder.defineMacro("_INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS", "64");
+ }
+
+public:
+ WindowsTargetInfo(const std::string &triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {}
+};
+
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Specific target implementations.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace {
+// PPC abstract base class
+class PPCTargetInfo : public TargetInfo {
+ static const Builtin::Info BuiltinInfo[];
+ static const char * const GCCRegNames[];
+ static const TargetInfo::GCCRegAlias GCCRegAliases[];
+public:
+ PPCTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : TargetInfo(triple) {
+ LongDoubleWidth = LongDoubleAlign = 128;
+ LongDoubleFormat = &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble;
+ }
+
+ virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
+ unsigned &NumRecords) const {
+ Records = BuiltinInfo;
+ NumRecords = clang::PPC::LastTSBuiltin-Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin;
+ }
+
+ virtual bool isCLZForZeroUndef() const { return false; }
+
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const;
+
+ virtual bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const;
+
+ virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const;
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const;
+ virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+ TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &Info) const {
+ switch (*Name) {
+ default: return false;
+ case 'O': // Zero
+ break;
+ case 'b': // Base register
+ case 'f': // Floating point register
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ break;
+ // FIXME: The following are added to allow parsing.
+ // I just took a guess at what the actions should be.
+ // Also, is more specific checking needed? I.e. specific registers?
+ case 'd': // Floating point register (containing 64-bit value)
+ case 'v': // Altivec vector register
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ break;
+ case 'w':
+ switch (Name[1]) {
+ case 'd':// VSX vector register to hold vector double data
+ case 'f':// VSX vector register to hold vector float data
+ case 's':// VSX vector register to hold scalar float data
+ case 'a':// Any VSX register
+ break;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ Name++; // Skip over 'w'.
+ break;
+ case 'h': // `MQ', `CTR', or `LINK' register
+ case 'q': // `MQ' register
+ case 'c': // `CTR' register
+ case 'l': // `LINK' register
+ case 'x': // `CR' register (condition register) number 0
+ case 'y': // `CR' register (condition register)
+ case 'z': // `XER[CA]' carry bit (part of the XER register)
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ break;
+ case 'I': // Signed 16-bit constant
+ case 'J': // Unsigned 16-bit constant shifted left 16 bits
+ // (use `L' instead for SImode constants)
+ case 'K': // Unsigned 16-bit constant
+ case 'L': // Signed 16-bit constant shifted left 16 bits
+ case 'M': // Constant larger than 31
+ case 'N': // Exact power of 2
+ case 'P': // Constant whose negation is a signed 16-bit constant
+ case 'G': // Floating point constant that can be loaded into a
+ // register with one instruction per word
+ case 'H': // Integer/Floating point constant that can be loaded
+ // into a register using three instructions
+ break;
+ case 'm': // Memory operand. Note that on PowerPC targets, m can
+ // include addresses that update the base register. It
+ // is therefore only safe to use `m' in an asm statement
+ // if that asm statement accesses the operand exactly once.
+ // The asm statement must also use `%U<opno>' as a
+ // placeholder for the "update" flag in the corresponding
+ // load or store instruction. For example:
+ // asm ("st%U0 %1,%0" : "=m" (mem) : "r" (val));
+ // is correct but:
+ // asm ("st %1,%0" : "=m" (mem) : "r" (val));
+ // is not. Use es rather than m if you don't want the base
+ // register to be updated.
+ case 'e':
+ if (Name[1] != 's')
+ return false;
+ // es: A "stable" memory operand; that is, one which does not
+ // include any automodification of the base register. Unlike
+ // `m', this constraint can be used in asm statements that
+ // might access the operand several times, or that might not
+ // access it at all.
+ Info.setAllowsMemory();
+ Name++; // Skip over 'e'.
+ break;
+ case 'Q': // Memory operand that is an offset from a register (it is
+ // usually better to use `m' or `es' in asm statements)
+ case 'Z': // Memory operand that is an indexed or indirect from a
+ // register (it is usually better to use `m' or `es' in
+ // asm statements)
+ Info.setAllowsMemory();
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ break;
+ case 'R': // AIX TOC entry
+ case 'a': // Address operand that is an indexed or indirect from a
+ // register (`p' is preferable for asm statements)
+ case 'S': // Constant suitable as a 64-bit mask operand
+ case 'T': // Constant suitable as a 32-bit mask operand
+ case 'U': // System V Release 4 small data area reference
+ case 't': // AND masks that can be performed by two rldic{l, r}
+ // instructions
+ case 'W': // Vector constant that does not require memory
+ case 'j': // Vector constant that is all zeros.
+ break;
+ // End FIXME.
+ }
+ return true;
+ }
+ virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
+ return "";
+ }
+};
+
+const Builtin::Info PPCTargetInfo::BuiltinInfo[] = {
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) { #ID, TYPE, ATTRS, 0, ALL_LANGUAGES },
+#define LIBBUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER) { #ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER,\
+ ALL_LANGUAGES },
+#include "clang/Basic/BuiltinsPPC.def"
+};
+
+
+/// PPCTargetInfo::getTargetDefines - Return a set of the PowerPC-specific
+/// #defines that are not tied to a specific subtarget.
+void PPCTargetInfo::getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // Target identification.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ppc__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_ARCH_PPC");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__powerpc__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__POWERPC__");
+ if (PointerWidth == 64) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("_ARCH_PPC64");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_LP64");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__LP64__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__powerpc64__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ppc64__");
+ } else {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ppc__");
+ }
+
+ // Target properties.
+ if (getTriple().getOS() != llvm::Triple::NetBSD)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_BIG_ENDIAN");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__BIG_ENDIAN__");
+
+ // Subtarget options.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__NATURAL_ALIGNMENT__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__REGISTER_PREFIX__", "");
+
+ // FIXME: Should be controlled by command line option.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__LONG_DOUBLE_128__");
+
+ if (Opts.AltiVec) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__VEC__", "10206");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ALTIVEC__");
+ }
+}
+
+bool PPCTargetInfo::hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const {
+ return Feature == "powerpc";
+}
+
+
+const char * const PPCTargetInfo::GCCRegNames[] = {
+ "r0", "r1", "r2", "r3", "r4", "r5", "r6", "r7",
+ "r8", "r9", "r10", "r11", "r12", "r13", "r14", "r15",
+ "r16", "r17", "r18", "r19", "r20", "r21", "r22", "r23",
+ "r24", "r25", "r26", "r27", "r28", "r29", "r30", "r31",
+ "f0", "f1", "f2", "f3", "f4", "f5", "f6", "f7",
+ "f8", "f9", "f10", "f11", "f12", "f13", "f14", "f15",
+ "f16", "f17", "f18", "f19", "f20", "f21", "f22", "f23",
+ "f24", "f25", "f26", "f27", "f28", "f29", "f30", "f31",
+ "mq", "lr", "ctr", "ap",
+ "cr0", "cr1", "cr2", "cr3", "cr4", "cr5", "cr6", "cr7",
+ "xer",
+ "v0", "v1", "v2", "v3", "v4", "v5", "v6", "v7",
+ "v8", "v9", "v10", "v11", "v12", "v13", "v14", "v15",
+ "v16", "v17", "v18", "v19", "v20", "v21", "v22", "v23",
+ "v24", "v25", "v26", "v27", "v28", "v29", "v30", "v31",
+ "vrsave", "vscr",
+ "spe_acc", "spefscr",
+ "sfp"
+};
+
+void PPCTargetInfo::getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const {
+ Names = GCCRegNames;
+ NumNames = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegNames);
+}
+
+const TargetInfo::GCCRegAlias PPCTargetInfo::GCCRegAliases[] = {
+ // While some of these aliases do map to different registers
+ // they still share the same register name.
+ { { "0" }, "r0" },
+ { { "1"}, "r1" },
+ { { "2" }, "r2" },
+ { { "3" }, "r3" },
+ { { "4" }, "r4" },
+ { { "5" }, "r5" },
+ { { "6" }, "r6" },
+ { { "7" }, "r7" },
+ { { "8" }, "r8" },
+ { { "9" }, "r9" },
+ { { "10" }, "r10" },
+ { { "11" }, "r11" },
+ { { "12" }, "r12" },
+ { { "13" }, "r13" },
+ { { "14" }, "r14" },
+ { { "15" }, "r15" },
+ { { "16" }, "r16" },
+ { { "17" }, "r17" },
+ { { "18" }, "r18" },
+ { { "19" }, "r19" },
+ { { "20" }, "r20" },
+ { { "21" }, "r21" },
+ { { "22" }, "r22" },
+ { { "23" }, "r23" },
+ { { "24" }, "r24" },
+ { { "25" }, "r25" },
+ { { "26" }, "r26" },
+ { { "27" }, "r27" },
+ { { "28" }, "r28" },
+ { { "29" }, "r29" },
+ { { "30" }, "r30" },
+ { { "31" }, "r31" },
+ { { "fr0" }, "f0" },
+ { { "fr1" }, "f1" },
+ { { "fr2" }, "f2" },
+ { { "fr3" }, "f3" },
+ { { "fr4" }, "f4" },
+ { { "fr5" }, "f5" },
+ { { "fr6" }, "f6" },
+ { { "fr7" }, "f7" },
+ { { "fr8" }, "f8" },
+ { { "fr9" }, "f9" },
+ { { "fr10" }, "f10" },
+ { { "fr11" }, "f11" },
+ { { "fr12" }, "f12" },
+ { { "fr13" }, "f13" },
+ { { "fr14" }, "f14" },
+ { { "fr15" }, "f15" },
+ { { "fr16" }, "f16" },
+ { { "fr17" }, "f17" },
+ { { "fr18" }, "f18" },
+ { { "fr19" }, "f19" },
+ { { "fr20" }, "f20" },
+ { { "fr21" }, "f21" },
+ { { "fr22" }, "f22" },
+ { { "fr23" }, "f23" },
+ { { "fr24" }, "f24" },
+ { { "fr25" }, "f25" },
+ { { "fr26" }, "f26" },
+ { { "fr27" }, "f27" },
+ { { "fr28" }, "f28" },
+ { { "fr29" }, "f29" },
+ { { "fr30" }, "f30" },
+ { { "fr31" }, "f31" },
+ { { "cc" }, "cr0" },
+};
+
+void PPCTargetInfo::getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const {
+ Aliases = GCCRegAliases;
+ NumAliases = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegAliases);
+}
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+namespace {
+class PPC32TargetInfo : public PPCTargetInfo {
+public:
+ PPC32TargetInfo(const std::string &triple) : PPCTargetInfo(triple) {
+ DescriptionString = "E-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v128:128:128-n32";
+
+ switch (getTriple().getOS()) {
+ case llvm::Triple::Linux:
+ case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
+ case llvm::Triple::NetBSD:
+ SizeType = UnsignedInt;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedInt;
+ IntPtrType = SignedInt;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::FreeBSD) {
+ LongDoubleWidth = LongDoubleAlign = 64;
+ LongDoubleFormat = &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble;
+ }
+ }
+
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ // This is the ELF definition, and is overridden by the Darwin sub-target
+ return "typedef struct __va_list_tag {"
+ " unsigned char gpr;"
+ " unsigned char fpr;"
+ " unsigned short reserved;"
+ " void* overflow_arg_area;"
+ " void* reg_save_area;"
+ "} __builtin_va_list[1];";
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+namespace {
+class PPC64TargetInfo : public PPCTargetInfo {
+public:
+ PPC64TargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : PPCTargetInfo(triple) {
+ LongWidth = LongAlign = PointerWidth = PointerAlign = 64;
+ IntMaxType = SignedLong;
+ UIntMaxType = UnsignedLong;
+ Int64Type = SignedLong;
+ DescriptionString = "E-p:64:64:64-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v128:128:128-n32:64";
+
+ if (getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::FreeBSD) {
+ LongDoubleWidth = LongDoubleAlign = 64;
+ LongDoubleFormat = &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble;
+ }
+ }
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ return "typedef char* __builtin_va_list;";
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+
+namespace {
+class DarwinPPC32TargetInfo :
+ public DarwinTargetInfo<PPC32TargetInfo> {
+public:
+ DarwinPPC32TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : DarwinTargetInfo<PPC32TargetInfo>(triple) {
+ HasAlignMac68kSupport = true;
+ BoolWidth = BoolAlign = 32; //XXX support -mone-byte-bool?
+ LongLongAlign = 32;
+ SuitableAlign = 128;
+ DescriptionString = "E-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:32:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v128:128:128-n32";
+ }
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ return "typedef char* __builtin_va_list;";
+ }
+};
+
+class DarwinPPC64TargetInfo :
+ public DarwinTargetInfo<PPC64TargetInfo> {
+public:
+ DarwinPPC64TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : DarwinTargetInfo<PPC64TargetInfo>(triple) {
+ HasAlignMac68kSupport = true;
+ SuitableAlign = 128;
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+namespace {
+ static const unsigned PTXAddrSpaceMap[] = {
+ 0, // opencl_global
+ 4, // opencl_local
+ 1 // opencl_constant
+ };
+ class PTXTargetInfo : public TargetInfo {
+ static const char * const GCCRegNames[];
+ static const Builtin::Info BuiltinInfo[];
+ std::vector<llvm::StringRef> AvailableFeatures;
+ public:
+ PTXTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : TargetInfo(triple) {
+ BigEndian = false;
+ TLSSupported = false;
+ LongWidth = LongAlign = 64;
+ AddrSpaceMap = &PTXAddrSpaceMap;
+ // Define available target features
+ // These must be defined in sorted order!
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("compute10");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("compute11");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("compute12");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("compute13");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("compute20");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("double");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("no-fma");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("ptx20");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("ptx21");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("ptx22");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("ptx23");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("sm10");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("sm11");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("sm12");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("sm13");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("sm20");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("sm21");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("sm22");
+ AvailableFeatures.push_back("sm23");
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__PTX__");
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
+ unsigned &NumRecords) const {
+ Records = BuiltinInfo;
+ NumRecords = clang::PTX::LastTSBuiltin-Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin;
+ }
+ virtual bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const {
+ return Feature == "ptx";
+ }
+
+ virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const;
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const {
+ // No aliases.
+ Aliases = 0;
+ NumAliases = 0;
+ }
+ virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+ TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &info) const {
+ // FIXME: implement
+ return true;
+ }
+ virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
+ // FIXME: Is this really right?
+ return "";
+ }
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ // FIXME: implement
+ return "typedef char* __builtin_va_list;";
+ }
+
+ virtual bool setFeatureEnabled(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features,
+ StringRef Name,
+ bool Enabled) const;
+ };
+
+ const Builtin::Info PTXTargetInfo::BuiltinInfo[] = {
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) { #ID, TYPE, ATTRS, 0, ALL_LANGUAGES },
+#define LIBBUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER) { #ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER,\
+ ALL_LANGUAGES },
+#include "clang/Basic/BuiltinsPTX.def"
+ };
+
+ const char * const PTXTargetInfo::GCCRegNames[] = {
+ "r0"
+ };
+
+ void PTXTargetInfo::getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const {
+ Names = GCCRegNames;
+ NumNames = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegNames);
+ }
+
+ bool PTXTargetInfo::setFeatureEnabled(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features,
+ StringRef Name,
+ bool Enabled) const {
+ if(std::binary_search(AvailableFeatures.begin(), AvailableFeatures.end(),
+ Name)) {
+ Features[Name] = Enabled;
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ class PTX32TargetInfo : public PTXTargetInfo {
+ public:
+ PTX32TargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : PTXTargetInfo(triple) {
+ PointerWidth = PointerAlign = 32;
+ SizeType = PtrDiffType = IntPtrType = TargetInfo::UnsignedInt;
+ DescriptionString
+ = "e-p:32:32-i64:64:64-f64:64:64-n1:8:16:32:64";
+ }
+ };
+
+ class PTX64TargetInfo : public PTXTargetInfo {
+ public:
+ PTX64TargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : PTXTargetInfo(triple) {
+ PointerWidth = PointerAlign = 64;
+ SizeType = PtrDiffType = IntPtrType = TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong;
+ DescriptionString
+ = "e-p:64:64-i64:64:64-f64:64:64-n1:8:16:32:64";
+ }
+ };
+}
+
+namespace {
+// MBlaze abstract base class
+class MBlazeTargetInfo : public TargetInfo {
+ static const char * const GCCRegNames[];
+ static const TargetInfo::GCCRegAlias GCCRegAliases[];
+
+public:
+ MBlazeTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : TargetInfo(triple) {
+ DescriptionString = "E-p:32:32:32-i8:8:8-i16:16:16";
+ }
+
+ virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
+ unsigned &NumRecords) const {
+ // FIXME: Implement.
+ Records = 0;
+ NumRecords = 0;
+ }
+
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const;
+
+ virtual bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const {
+ return Feature == "mblaze";
+ }
+
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ return "typedef char* __builtin_va_list;";
+ }
+ virtual const char *getTargetPrefix() const {
+ return "mblaze";
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const;
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const;
+ virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+ TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &Info) const {
+ switch (*Name) {
+ default: return false;
+ case 'O': // Zero
+ return true;
+ case 'b': // Base register
+ case 'f': // Floating point register
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
+ return "";
+ }
+};
+
+/// MBlazeTargetInfo::getTargetDefines - Return a set of the MBlaze-specific
+/// #defines that are not tied to a specific subtarget.
+void MBlazeTargetInfo::getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // Target identification.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__microblaze__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_ARCH_MICROBLAZE");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__MICROBLAZE__");
+
+ // Target properties.
+ Builder.defineMacro("_BIG_ENDIAN");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__BIG_ENDIAN__");
+
+ // Subtarget options.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__REGISTER_PREFIX__", "");
+}
+
+
+const char * const MBlazeTargetInfo::GCCRegNames[] = {
+ "r0", "r1", "r2", "r3", "r4", "r5", "r6", "r7",
+ "r8", "r9", "r10", "r11", "r12", "r13", "r14", "r15",
+ "r16", "r17", "r18", "r19", "r20", "r21", "r22", "r23",
+ "r24", "r25", "r26", "r27", "r28", "r29", "r30", "r31",
+ "$f0", "$f1", "$f2", "$f3", "$f4", "$f5", "$f6", "$f7",
+ "$f8", "$f9", "$f10", "$f11", "$f12", "$f13", "$f14", "$f15",
+ "$f16", "$f17", "$f18", "$f19", "$f20", "$f21", "$f22", "$f23",
+ "$f24", "$f25", "$f26", "$f27", "$f28", "$f29", "$f30", "$f31",
+ "hi", "lo", "accum","rmsr", "$fcc1","$fcc2","$fcc3","$fcc4",
+ "$fcc5","$fcc6","$fcc7","$ap", "$rap", "$frp"
+};
+
+void MBlazeTargetInfo::getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const {
+ Names = GCCRegNames;
+ NumNames = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegNames);
+}
+
+const TargetInfo::GCCRegAlias MBlazeTargetInfo::GCCRegAliases[] = {
+ { {"f0"}, "r0" },
+ { {"f1"}, "r1" },
+ { {"f2"}, "r2" },
+ { {"f3"}, "r3" },
+ { {"f4"}, "r4" },
+ { {"f5"}, "r5" },
+ { {"f6"}, "r6" },
+ { {"f7"}, "r7" },
+ { {"f8"}, "r8" },
+ { {"f9"}, "r9" },
+ { {"f10"}, "r10" },
+ { {"f11"}, "r11" },
+ { {"f12"}, "r12" },
+ { {"f13"}, "r13" },
+ { {"f14"}, "r14" },
+ { {"f15"}, "r15" },
+ { {"f16"}, "r16" },
+ { {"f17"}, "r17" },
+ { {"f18"}, "r18" },
+ { {"f19"}, "r19" },
+ { {"f20"}, "r20" },
+ { {"f21"}, "r21" },
+ { {"f22"}, "r22" },
+ { {"f23"}, "r23" },
+ { {"f24"}, "r24" },
+ { {"f25"}, "r25" },
+ { {"f26"}, "r26" },
+ { {"f27"}, "r27" },
+ { {"f28"}, "r28" },
+ { {"f29"}, "r29" },
+ { {"f30"}, "r30" },
+ { {"f31"}, "r31" },
+};
+
+void MBlazeTargetInfo::getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const {
+ Aliases = GCCRegAliases;
+ NumAliases = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegAliases);
+}
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+namespace {
+// Namespace for x86 abstract base class
+const Builtin::Info BuiltinInfo[] = {
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) { #ID, TYPE, ATTRS, 0, ALL_LANGUAGES },
+#define LIBBUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER) { #ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER,\
+ ALL_LANGUAGES },
+#include "clang/Basic/BuiltinsX86.def"
+};
+
+static const char* const GCCRegNames[] = {
+ "ax", "dx", "cx", "bx", "si", "di", "bp", "sp",
+ "st", "st(1)", "st(2)", "st(3)", "st(4)", "st(5)", "st(6)", "st(7)",
+ "argp", "flags", "fpcr", "fpsr", "dirflag", "frame",
+ "xmm0", "xmm1", "xmm2", "xmm3", "xmm4", "xmm5", "xmm6", "xmm7",
+ "mm0", "mm1", "mm2", "mm3", "mm4", "mm5", "mm6", "mm7",
+ "r8", "r9", "r10", "r11", "r12", "r13", "r14", "r15",
+ "xmm8", "xmm9", "xmm10", "xmm11", "xmm12", "xmm13", "xmm14", "xmm15",
+ "ymm0", "ymm1", "ymm2", "ymm3", "ymm4", "ymm5", "ymm6", "ymm7",
+ "ymm8", "ymm9", "ymm10", "ymm11", "ymm12", "ymm13", "ymm14", "ymm15",
+};
+
+const TargetInfo::AddlRegName AddlRegNames[] = {
+ { { "al", "ah", "eax", "rax" }, 0 },
+ { { "bl", "bh", "ebx", "rbx" }, 3 },
+ { { "cl", "ch", "ecx", "rcx" }, 2 },
+ { { "dl", "dh", "edx", "rdx" }, 1 },
+ { { "esi", "rsi" }, 4 },
+ { { "edi", "rdi" }, 5 },
+ { { "esp", "rsp" }, 7 },
+ { { "ebp", "rbp" }, 6 },
+};
+
+// X86 target abstract base class; x86-32 and x86-64 are very close, so
+// most of the implementation can be shared.
+class X86TargetInfo : public TargetInfo {
+ enum X86SSEEnum {
+ NoSSE, SSE1, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE41, SSE42, AVX, AVX2
+ } SSELevel;
+ enum MMX3DNowEnum {
+ NoMMX3DNow, MMX, AMD3DNow, AMD3DNowAthlon
+ } MMX3DNowLevel;
+
+ bool HasAES;
+ bool HasLZCNT;
+ bool HasBMI;
+ bool HasBMI2;
+ bool HasPOPCNT;
+ bool HasFMA4;
+
+ /// \brief Enumeration of all of the X86 CPUs supported by Clang.
+ ///
+ /// Each enumeration represents a particular CPU supported by Clang. These
+ /// loosely correspond to the options passed to '-march' or '-mtune' flags.
+ enum CPUKind {
+ CK_Generic,
+
+ /// \name i386
+ /// i386-generation processors.
+ //@{
+ CK_i386,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name i486
+ /// i486-generation processors.
+ //@{
+ CK_i486,
+ CK_WinChipC6,
+ CK_WinChip2,
+ CK_C3,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name i586
+ /// i586-generation processors, P5 microarchitecture based.
+ //@{
+ CK_i586,
+ CK_Pentium,
+ CK_PentiumMMX,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name i686
+ /// i686-generation processors, P6 / Pentium M microarchitecture based.
+ //@{
+ CK_i686,
+ CK_PentiumPro,
+ CK_Pentium2,
+ CK_Pentium3,
+ CK_Pentium3M,
+ CK_PentiumM,
+ CK_C3_2,
+
+ /// This enumerator is a bit odd, as GCC no longer accepts -march=yonah.
+ /// Clang however has some logic to suport this.
+ // FIXME: Warn, deprecate, and potentially remove this.
+ CK_Yonah,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name Netburst
+ /// Netburst microarchitecture based processors.
+ //@{
+ CK_Pentium4,
+ CK_Pentium4M,
+ CK_Prescott,
+ CK_Nocona,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name Core
+ /// Core microarchitecture based processors.
+ //@{
+ CK_Core2,
+
+ /// This enumerator, like \see CK_Yonah, is a bit odd. It is another
+ /// codename which GCC no longer accepts as an option to -march, but Clang
+ /// has some logic for recognizing it.
+ // FIXME: Warn, deprecate, and potentially remove this.
+ CK_Penryn,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name Atom
+ /// Atom processors
+ //@{
+ CK_Atom,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name Nehalem
+ /// Nehalem microarchitecture based processors.
+ //@{
+ CK_Corei7,
+ CK_Corei7AVX,
+ CK_CoreAVXi,
+ CK_CoreAVX2,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name K6
+ /// K6 architecture processors.
+ //@{
+ CK_K6,
+ CK_K6_2,
+ CK_K6_3,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name K7
+ /// K7 architecture processors.
+ //@{
+ CK_Athlon,
+ CK_AthlonThunderbird,
+ CK_Athlon4,
+ CK_AthlonXP,
+ CK_AthlonMP,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name K8
+ /// K8 architecture processors.
+ //@{
+ CK_Athlon64,
+ CK_Athlon64SSE3,
+ CK_AthlonFX,
+ CK_K8,
+ CK_K8SSE3,
+ CK_Opteron,
+ CK_OpteronSSE3,
+ CK_AMDFAM10,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name Bobcat
+ /// Bobcat architecture processors.
+ //@{
+ CK_BTVER1,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name Bulldozer
+ /// Bulldozer architecture processors.
+ //@{
+ CK_BDVER1,
+ CK_BDVER2,
+ //@}
+
+ /// This specification is deprecated and will be removed in the future.
+ /// Users should prefer \see CK_K8.
+ // FIXME: Warn on this when the CPU is set to it.
+ CK_x86_64,
+ //@}
+
+ /// \name Geode
+ /// Geode processors.
+ //@{
+ CK_Geode
+ //@}
+ } CPU;
+
+public:
+ X86TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : TargetInfo(triple), SSELevel(NoSSE), MMX3DNowLevel(NoMMX3DNow),
+ HasAES(false), HasLZCNT(false), HasBMI(false), HasBMI2(false),
+ HasPOPCNT(false), HasFMA4(false), CPU(CK_Generic) {
+ BigEndian = false;
+ LongDoubleFormat = &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended;
+ }
+ virtual unsigned getFloatEvalMethod() const {
+ // X87 evaluates with 80 bits "long double" precision.
+ return SSELevel == NoSSE ? 2 : 0;
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
+ unsigned &NumRecords) const {
+ Records = BuiltinInfo;
+ NumRecords = clang::X86::LastTSBuiltin-Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin;
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const {
+ Names = GCCRegNames;
+ NumNames = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegNames);
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const {
+ Aliases = 0;
+ NumAliases = 0;
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCAddlRegNames(const AddlRegName *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const {
+ Names = AddlRegNames;
+ NumNames = llvm::array_lengthof(AddlRegNames);
+ }
+ virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+ TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &info) const;
+ virtual std::string convertConstraint(const char *&Constraint) const;
+ virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
+ return "~{dirflag},~{fpsr},~{flags}";
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const;
+ virtual bool setFeatureEnabled(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features,
+ StringRef Name,
+ bool Enabled) const;
+ virtual void getDefaultFeatures(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features) const;
+ virtual bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const;
+ virtual void HandleTargetFeatures(std::vector<std::string> &Features);
+ virtual const char* getABI() const {
+ if (PointerWidth == 64 && SSELevel >= AVX)
+ return "avx";
+ else if (PointerWidth == 32 && MMX3DNowLevel == NoMMX3DNow)
+ return "no-mmx";
+ return "";
+ }
+ virtual bool setCPU(const std::string &Name) {
+ CPU = llvm::StringSwitch<CPUKind>(Name)
+ .Case("i386", CK_i386)
+ .Case("i486", CK_i486)
+ .Case("winchip-c6", CK_WinChipC6)
+ .Case("winchip2", CK_WinChip2)
+ .Case("c3", CK_C3)
+ .Case("i586", CK_i586)
+ .Case("pentium", CK_Pentium)
+ .Case("pentium-mmx", CK_PentiumMMX)
+ .Case("i686", CK_i686)
+ .Case("pentiumpro", CK_PentiumPro)
+ .Case("pentium2", CK_Pentium2)
+ .Case("pentium3", CK_Pentium3)
+ .Case("pentium3m", CK_Pentium3M)
+ .Case("pentium-m", CK_PentiumM)
+ .Case("c3-2", CK_C3_2)
+ .Case("yonah", CK_Yonah)
+ .Case("pentium4", CK_Pentium4)
+ .Case("pentium4m", CK_Pentium4M)
+ .Case("prescott", CK_Prescott)
+ .Case("nocona", CK_Nocona)
+ .Case("core2", CK_Core2)
+ .Case("penryn", CK_Penryn)
+ .Case("atom", CK_Atom)
+ .Case("corei7", CK_Corei7)
+ .Case("corei7-avx", CK_Corei7AVX)
+ .Case("core-avx-i", CK_CoreAVXi)
+ .Case("core-avx2", CK_CoreAVX2)
+ .Case("k6", CK_K6)
+ .Case("k6-2", CK_K6_2)
+ .Case("k6-3", CK_K6_3)
+ .Case("athlon", CK_Athlon)
+ .Case("athlon-tbird", CK_AthlonThunderbird)
+ .Case("athlon-4", CK_Athlon4)
+ .Case("athlon-xp", CK_AthlonXP)
+ .Case("athlon-mp", CK_AthlonMP)
+ .Case("athlon64", CK_Athlon64)
+ .Case("athlon64-sse3", CK_Athlon64SSE3)
+ .Case("athlon-fx", CK_AthlonFX)
+ .Case("k8", CK_K8)
+ .Case("k8-sse3", CK_K8SSE3)
+ .Case("opteron", CK_Opteron)
+ .Case("opteron-sse3", CK_OpteronSSE3)
+ .Case("amdfam10", CK_AMDFAM10)
+ .Case("btver1", CK_BTVER1)
+ .Case("bdver1", CK_BDVER1)
+ .Case("bdver2", CK_BDVER2)
+ .Case("x86-64", CK_x86_64)
+ .Case("geode", CK_Geode)
+ .Default(CK_Generic);
+
+ // Perform any per-CPU checks necessary to determine if this CPU is
+ // acceptable.
+ // FIXME: This results in terrible diagnostics. Clang just says the CPU is
+ // invalid without explaining *why*.
+ switch (CPU) {
+ case CK_Generic:
+ // No processor selected!
+ return false;
+
+ case CK_i386:
+ case CK_i486:
+ case CK_WinChipC6:
+ case CK_WinChip2:
+ case CK_C3:
+ case CK_i586:
+ case CK_Pentium:
+ case CK_PentiumMMX:
+ case CK_i686:
+ case CK_PentiumPro:
+ case CK_Pentium2:
+ case CK_Pentium3:
+ case CK_Pentium3M:
+ case CK_PentiumM:
+ case CK_Yonah:
+ case CK_C3_2:
+ case CK_Pentium4:
+ case CK_Pentium4M:
+ case CK_Prescott:
+ case CK_K6:
+ case CK_K6_2:
+ case CK_K6_3:
+ case CK_Athlon:
+ case CK_AthlonThunderbird:
+ case CK_Athlon4:
+ case CK_AthlonXP:
+ case CK_AthlonMP:
+ case CK_Geode:
+ // Only accept certain architectures when compiling in 32-bit mode.
+ if (PointerWidth != 32)
+ return false;
+
+ // Fallthrough
+ case CK_Nocona:
+ case CK_Core2:
+ case CK_Penryn:
+ case CK_Atom:
+ case CK_Corei7:
+ case CK_Corei7AVX:
+ case CK_CoreAVXi:
+ case CK_CoreAVX2:
+ case CK_Athlon64:
+ case CK_Athlon64SSE3:
+ case CK_AthlonFX:
+ case CK_K8:
+ case CK_K8SSE3:
+ case CK_Opteron:
+ case CK_OpteronSSE3:
+ case CK_AMDFAM10:
+ case CK_BTVER1:
+ case CK_BDVER1:
+ case CK_BDVER2:
+ case CK_x86_64:
+ return true;
+ }
+ llvm_unreachable("Unhandled CPU kind");
+ }
+};
+
+void X86TargetInfo::getDefaultFeatures(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features) const {
+ // FIXME: This should not be here.
+ Features["3dnow"] = false;
+ Features["3dnowa"] = false;
+ Features["mmx"] = false;
+ Features["sse"] = false;
+ Features["sse2"] = false;
+ Features["sse3"] = false;
+ Features["ssse3"] = false;
+ Features["sse41"] = false;
+ Features["sse42"] = false;
+ Features["sse4a"] = false;
+ Features["aes"] = false;
+ Features["avx"] = false;
+ Features["avx2"] = false;
+ Features["lzcnt"] = false;
+ Features["bmi"] = false;
+ Features["bmi2"] = false;
+ Features["popcnt"] = false;
+ Features["fma4"] = false;
+
+ // FIXME: This *really* should not be here.
+
+ // X86_64 always has SSE2.
+ if (PointerWidth == 64)
+ Features["sse2"] = Features["sse"] = Features["mmx"] = true;
+
+ switch (CPU) {
+ case CK_Generic:
+ case CK_i386:
+ case CK_i486:
+ case CK_i586:
+ case CK_Pentium:
+ case CK_i686:
+ case CK_PentiumPro:
+ break;
+ case CK_PentiumMMX:
+ case CK_Pentium2:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "mmx", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_Pentium3:
+ case CK_Pentium3M:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "mmx", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_PentiumM:
+ case CK_Pentium4:
+ case CK_Pentium4M:
+ case CK_x86_64:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "mmx", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse2", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_Yonah:
+ case CK_Prescott:
+ case CK_Nocona:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "mmx", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse3", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_Core2:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "mmx", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "ssse3", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_Penryn:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "mmx", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse4.1", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_Atom:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "mmx", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "ssse3", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_Corei7:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "mmx", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse4", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "aes", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_Corei7AVX:
+ case CK_CoreAVXi:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "mmx", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse4", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "aes", true);
+ //setFeatureEnabled(Features, "avx", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_CoreAVX2:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "mmx", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse4", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "aes", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "lzcnt", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "bmi", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "bmi2", true);
+ //setFeatureEnabled(Features, "avx2", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_K6:
+ case CK_WinChipC6:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "mmx", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_K6_2:
+ case CK_K6_3:
+ case CK_WinChip2:
+ case CK_C3:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "3dnow", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_Athlon:
+ case CK_AthlonThunderbird:
+ case CK_Geode:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "3dnowa", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_Athlon4:
+ case CK_AthlonXP:
+ case CK_AthlonMP:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "3dnowa", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_K8:
+ case CK_Opteron:
+ case CK_Athlon64:
+ case CK_AthlonFX:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse2", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "3dnowa", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_K8SSE3:
+ case CK_OpteronSSE3:
+ case CK_Athlon64SSE3:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse3", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "3dnowa", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_AMDFAM10:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse3", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse4a", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "3dnowa", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_BTVER1:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "ssse3", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse4a", true);
+ case CK_BDVER1:
+ case CK_BDVER2:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse4", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse4a", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "aes", true);
+ break;
+ case CK_C3_2:
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "mmx", true);
+ setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse", true);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool X86TargetInfo::setFeatureEnabled(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features,
+ StringRef Name,
+ bool Enabled) const {
+ // FIXME: This *really* should not be here. We need some way of translating
+ // options into llvm subtarget features.
+ if (!Features.count(Name) &&
+ (Name != "sse4" && Name != "sse4.2" && Name != "sse4.1"))
+ return false;
+
+ // FIXME: this should probably use a switch with fall through.
+
+ if (Enabled) {
+ if (Name == "mmx")
+ Features["mmx"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "sse")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["sse"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "sse2")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["sse"] = Features["sse2"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "sse3")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["sse"] = Features["sse2"] = Features["sse3"] =
+ true;
+ else if (Name == "ssse3")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["sse"] = Features["sse2"] = Features["sse3"] =
+ Features["ssse3"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "sse4" || Name == "sse4.2")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["sse"] = Features["sse2"] = Features["sse3"] =
+ Features["ssse3"] = Features["sse41"] = Features["sse42"] =
+ Features["popcnt"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "sse4.1")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["sse"] = Features["sse2"] = Features["sse3"] =
+ Features["ssse3"] = Features["sse41"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "3dnow")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["3dnow"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "3dnowa")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["3dnow"] = Features["3dnowa"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "aes")
+ Features["aes"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "avx")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["sse"] = Features["sse2"] = Features["sse3"] =
+ Features["ssse3"] = Features["sse41"] = Features["sse42"] =
+ Features["popcnt"] = Features["avx"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "avx2")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["sse"] = Features["sse2"] = Features["sse3"] =
+ Features["ssse3"] = Features["sse41"] = Features["sse42"] =
+ Features["popcnt"] = Features["avx"] = Features["avx2"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "fma4")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["sse"] = Features["sse2"] = Features["sse3"] =
+ Features["ssse3"] = Features["sse41"] = Features["sse42"] =
+ Features["popcnt"] = Features["avx"] = Features["fma4"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "sse4a")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["sse"] = Features["sse2"] = Features["sse3"] =
+ Features["lzcnt"] = Features["popcnt"] = Features["sse4a"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "lzcnt")
+ Features["lzcnt"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "bmi")
+ Features["bmi"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "bmi2")
+ Features["bmi2"] = true;
+ else if (Name == "popcnt")
+ Features["popcnt"] = true;
+ } else {
+ if (Name == "mmx")
+ Features["mmx"] = Features["3dnow"] = Features["3dnowa"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "sse")
+ Features["sse"] = Features["sse2"] = Features["sse3"] =
+ Features["ssse3"] = Features["sse41"] = Features["sse42"] =
+ Features["sse4a"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "sse2")
+ Features["sse2"] = Features["sse3"] = Features["ssse3"] =
+ Features["sse41"] = Features["sse42"] = Features["sse4a"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "sse3")
+ Features["sse3"] = Features["ssse3"] = Features["sse41"] =
+ Features["sse42"] = Features["sse4a"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "ssse3")
+ Features["ssse3"] = Features["sse41"] = Features["sse42"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "sse4" || Name == "sse4.1")
+ Features["sse41"] = Features["sse42"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "sse4.2")
+ Features["sse42"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "3dnow")
+ Features["3dnow"] = Features["3dnowa"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "3dnowa")
+ Features["3dnowa"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "aes")
+ Features["aes"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "avx")
+ Features["avx"] = Features["avx2"] = Features["fma4"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "avx2")
+ Features["avx2"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "sse4a")
+ Features["sse4a"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "lzcnt")
+ Features["lzcnt"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "bmi")
+ Features["bmi"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "bmi2")
+ Features["bmi2"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "popcnt")
+ Features["popcnt"] = false;
+ else if (Name == "fma4")
+ Features["fma4"] = false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/// HandleTargetOptions - Perform initialization based on the user
+/// configured set of features.
+void X86TargetInfo::HandleTargetFeatures(std::vector<std::string> &Features) {
+ // Remember the maximum enabled sselevel.
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = Features.size(); i !=e; ++i) {
+ // Ignore disabled features.
+ if (Features[i][0] == '-')
+ continue;
+
+ StringRef Feature = StringRef(Features[i]).substr(1);
+
+ if (Feature == "aes") {
+ HasAES = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (Feature == "lzcnt") {
+ HasLZCNT = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (Feature == "bmi") {
+ HasBMI = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (Feature == "bmi2") {
+ HasBMI2 = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (Feature == "popcnt") {
+ HasPOPCNT = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (Feature == "fma4") {
+ HasFMA4 = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ assert(Features[i][0] == '+' && "Invalid target feature!");
+ X86SSEEnum Level = llvm::StringSwitch<X86SSEEnum>(Feature)
+ .Case("avx2", AVX2)
+ .Case("avx", AVX)
+ .Case("sse42", SSE42)
+ .Case("sse41", SSE41)
+ .Case("ssse3", SSSE3)
+ .Case("sse3", SSE3)
+ .Case("sse2", SSE2)
+ .Case("sse", SSE1)
+ .Default(NoSSE);
+ SSELevel = std::max(SSELevel, Level);
+
+ MMX3DNowEnum ThreeDNowLevel =
+ llvm::StringSwitch<MMX3DNowEnum>(Feature)
+ .Case("3dnowa", AMD3DNowAthlon)
+ .Case("3dnow", AMD3DNow)
+ .Case("mmx", MMX)
+ .Default(NoMMX3DNow);
+
+ MMX3DNowLevel = std::max(MMX3DNowLevel, ThreeDNowLevel);
+ }
+
+ // Don't tell the backend if we're turning off mmx; it will end up disabling
+ // SSE, which we don't want.
+ std::vector<std::string>::iterator it;
+ it = std::find(Features.begin(), Features.end(), "-mmx");
+ if (it != Features.end())
+ Features.erase(it);
+}
+
+/// X86TargetInfo::getTargetDefines - Return the set of the X86-specific macro
+/// definitions for this particular subtarget.
+void X86TargetInfo::getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // Target identification.
+ if (PointerWidth == 64) {
+ if (getLongWidth() == 64) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("_LP64");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__LP64__");
+ }
+ Builder.defineMacro("__amd64__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__amd64");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__x86_64");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__x86_64__");
+ } else {
+ DefineStd(Builder, "i386", Opts);
+ }
+
+ // Subtarget options.
+ // FIXME: We are hard-coding the tune parameters based on the CPU, but they
+ // truly should be based on -mtune options.
+ switch (CPU) {
+ case CK_Generic:
+ break;
+ case CK_i386:
+ // The rest are coming from the i386 define above.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__tune_i386__");
+ break;
+ case CK_i486:
+ case CK_WinChipC6:
+ case CK_WinChip2:
+ case CK_C3:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "i486");
+ break;
+ case CK_PentiumMMX:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__pentium_mmx__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__tune_pentium_mmx__");
+ // Fallthrough
+ case CK_i586:
+ case CK_Pentium:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "i586");
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "pentium");
+ break;
+ case CK_Pentium3:
+ case CK_Pentium3M:
+ case CK_PentiumM:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__tune_pentium3__");
+ // Fallthrough
+ case CK_Pentium2:
+ case CK_C3_2:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__tune_pentium2__");
+ // Fallthrough
+ case CK_PentiumPro:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__tune_i686__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__tune_pentiumpro__");
+ // Fallthrough
+ case CK_i686:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__i686");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__i686__");
+ // Strangely, __tune_i686__ isn't defined by GCC when CPU == i686.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__pentiumpro");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__pentiumpro__");
+ break;
+ case CK_Pentium4:
+ case CK_Pentium4M:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "pentium4");
+ break;
+ case CK_Yonah:
+ case CK_Prescott:
+ case CK_Nocona:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "nocona");
+ break;
+ case CK_Core2:
+ case CK_Penryn:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "core2");
+ break;
+ case CK_Atom:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "atom");
+ break;
+ case CK_Corei7:
+ case CK_Corei7AVX:
+ case CK_CoreAVXi:
+ case CK_CoreAVX2:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "corei7");
+ break;
+ case CK_K6_2:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__k6_2__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__tune_k6_2__");
+ // Fallthrough
+ case CK_K6_3:
+ if (CPU != CK_K6_2) { // In case of fallthrough
+ // FIXME: GCC may be enabling these in cases where some other k6
+ // architecture is specified but -m3dnow is explicitly provided. The
+ // exact semantics need to be determined and emulated here.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__k6_3__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__tune_k6_3__");
+ }
+ // Fallthrough
+ case CK_K6:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "k6");
+ break;
+ case CK_Athlon:
+ case CK_AthlonThunderbird:
+ case CK_Athlon4:
+ case CK_AthlonXP:
+ case CK_AthlonMP:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "athlon");
+ if (SSELevel != NoSSE) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__athlon_sse__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__tune_athlon_sse__");
+ }
+ break;
+ case CK_K8:
+ case CK_K8SSE3:
+ case CK_x86_64:
+ case CK_Opteron:
+ case CK_OpteronSSE3:
+ case CK_Athlon64:
+ case CK_Athlon64SSE3:
+ case CK_AthlonFX:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "k8");
+ break;
+ case CK_AMDFAM10:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "amdfam10");
+ break;
+ case CK_BTVER1:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "btver1");
+ break;
+ case CK_BDVER1:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "bdver1");
+ break;
+ case CK_BDVER2:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "bdver2");
+ break;
+ case CK_Geode:
+ defineCPUMacros(Builder, "geode");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Target properties.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__LITTLE_ENDIAN__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__REGISTER_PREFIX__", "");
+
+ // Define __NO_MATH_INLINES on linux/x86 so that we don't get inline
+ // functions in glibc header files that use FP Stack inline asm which the
+ // backend can't deal with (PR879).
+ Builder.defineMacro("__NO_MATH_INLINES");
+
+ if (HasAES)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__AES__");
+
+ if (HasLZCNT)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__LZCNT__");
+
+ if (HasBMI)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__BMI__");
+
+ if (HasBMI2)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__BMI2__");
+
+ if (HasPOPCNT)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__POPCNT__");
+
+ if (HasFMA4)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__FMA4__");
+
+ // Each case falls through to the previous one here.
+ switch (SSELevel) {
+ case AVX2:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__AVX2__");
+ case AVX:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__AVX__");
+ case SSE42:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__SSE4_2__");
+ case SSE41:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__SSE4_1__");
+ case SSSE3:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__SSSE3__");
+ case SSE3:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__SSE3__");
+ case SSE2:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__SSE2__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__SSE2_MATH__"); // -mfp-math=sse always implied.
+ case SSE1:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__SSE__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__SSE_MATH__"); // -mfp-math=sse always implied.
+ case NoSSE:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Opts.MicrosoftExt && PointerWidth == 32) {
+ switch (SSELevel) {
+ case AVX2:
+ case AVX:
+ case SSE42:
+ case SSE41:
+ case SSSE3:
+ case SSE3:
+ case SSE2:
+ Builder.defineMacro("_M_IX86_FP", Twine(2));
+ break;
+ case SSE1:
+ Builder.defineMacro("_M_IX86_FP", Twine(1));
+ break;
+ default:
+ Builder.defineMacro("_M_IX86_FP", Twine(0));
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Each case falls through to the previous one here.
+ switch (MMX3DNowLevel) {
+ case AMD3DNowAthlon:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__3dNOW_A__");
+ case AMD3DNow:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__3dNOW__");
+ case MMX:
+ Builder.defineMacro("__MMX__");
+ case NoMMX3DNow:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool X86TargetInfo::hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const {
+ return llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(Feature)
+ .Case("aes", HasAES)
+ .Case("avx", SSELevel >= AVX)
+ .Case("avx2", SSELevel >= AVX2)
+ .Case("bmi", HasBMI)
+ .Case("bmi2", HasBMI2)
+ .Case("fma4", HasFMA4)
+ .Case("lzcnt", HasLZCNT)
+ .Case("mm3dnow", MMX3DNowLevel >= AMD3DNow)
+ .Case("mm3dnowa", MMX3DNowLevel >= AMD3DNowAthlon)
+ .Case("mmx", MMX3DNowLevel >= MMX)
+ .Case("popcnt", HasPOPCNT)
+ .Case("sse", SSELevel >= SSE1)
+ .Case("sse2", SSELevel >= SSE2)
+ .Case("sse3", SSELevel >= SSE3)
+ .Case("ssse3", SSELevel >= SSSE3)
+ .Case("sse41", SSELevel >= SSE41)
+ .Case("sse42", SSELevel >= SSE42)
+ .Case("x86", true)
+ .Case("x86_32", PointerWidth == 32)
+ .Case("x86_64", PointerWidth == 64)
+ .Default(false);
+}
+
+bool
+X86TargetInfo::validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+ TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &Info) const {
+ switch (*Name) {
+ default: return false;
+ case 'Y': // first letter of a pair:
+ switch (*(Name+1)) {
+ default: return false;
+ case '0': // First SSE register.
+ case 't': // Any SSE register, when SSE2 is enabled.
+ case 'i': // Any SSE register, when SSE2 and inter-unit moves enabled.
+ case 'm': // any MMX register, when inter-unit moves enabled.
+ break; // falls through to setAllowsRegister.
+ }
+ case 'a': // eax.
+ case 'b': // ebx.
+ case 'c': // ecx.
+ case 'd': // edx.
+ case 'S': // esi.
+ case 'D': // edi.
+ case 'A': // edx:eax.
+ case 'f': // any x87 floating point stack register.
+ case 't': // top of floating point stack.
+ case 'u': // second from top of floating point stack.
+ case 'q': // Any register accessible as [r]l: a, b, c, and d.
+ case 'y': // Any MMX register.
+ case 'x': // Any SSE register.
+ case 'Q': // Any register accessible as [r]h: a, b, c, and d.
+ case 'R': // "Legacy" registers: ax, bx, cx, dx, di, si, sp, bp.
+ case 'l': // "Index" registers: any general register that can be used as an
+ // index in a base+index memory access.
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ return true;
+ case 'C': // SSE floating point constant.
+ case 'G': // x87 floating point constant.
+ case 'e': // 32-bit signed integer constant for use with zero-extending
+ // x86_64 instructions.
+ case 'Z': // 32-bit unsigned integer constant for use with zero-extending
+ // x86_64 instructions.
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+
+std::string
+X86TargetInfo::convertConstraint(const char *&Constraint) const {
+ switch (*Constraint) {
+ case 'a': return std::string("{ax}");
+ case 'b': return std::string("{bx}");
+ case 'c': return std::string("{cx}");
+ case 'd': return std::string("{dx}");
+ case 'S': return std::string("{si}");
+ case 'D': return std::string("{di}");
+ case 'p': // address
+ return std::string("im");
+ case 't': // top of floating point stack.
+ return std::string("{st}");
+ case 'u': // second from top of floating point stack.
+ return std::string("{st(1)}"); // second from top of floating point stack.
+ default:
+ return std::string(1, *Constraint);
+ }
+}
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+// X86-32 generic target
+class X86_32TargetInfo : public X86TargetInfo {
+public:
+ X86_32TargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : X86TargetInfo(triple) {
+ DoubleAlign = LongLongAlign = 32;
+ LongDoubleWidth = 96;
+ LongDoubleAlign = 32;
+ SuitableAlign = 128;
+ DescriptionString = "e-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:32:64-f32:32:32-f64:32:64-v64:64:64-v128:128:128-"
+ "a0:0:64-f80:32:32-n8:16:32-S128";
+ SizeType = UnsignedInt;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedInt;
+ IntPtrType = SignedInt;
+ RegParmMax = 3;
+
+ // Use fpret for all types.
+ RealTypeUsesObjCFPRet = ((1 << TargetInfo::Float) |
+ (1 << TargetInfo::Double) |
+ (1 << TargetInfo::LongDouble));
+
+ // x86-32 has atomics up to 8 bytes
+ // FIXME: Check that we actually have cmpxchg8b before setting
+ // MaxAtomicInlineWidth. (cmpxchg8b is an i586 instruction.)
+ MaxAtomicPromoteWidth = MaxAtomicInlineWidth = 64;
+ }
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ return "typedef char* __builtin_va_list;";
+ }
+
+ int getEHDataRegisterNumber(unsigned RegNo) const {
+ if (RegNo == 0) return 0;
+ if (RegNo == 1) return 2;
+ return -1;
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+class NetBSDI386TargetInfo : public NetBSDTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo> {
+public:
+ NetBSDI386TargetInfo(const std::string &triple) :
+ NetBSDTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo>(triple) {
+ }
+
+ virtual unsigned getFloatEvalMethod() const {
+ // NetBSD defaults to "double" rounding
+ return 1;
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+class OpenBSDI386TargetInfo : public OpenBSDTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo> {
+public:
+ OpenBSDI386TargetInfo(const std::string& triple) :
+ OpenBSDTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo>(triple) {
+ SizeType = UnsignedLong;
+ IntPtrType = SignedLong;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedLong;
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+class DarwinI386TargetInfo : public DarwinTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo> {
+public:
+ DarwinI386TargetInfo(const std::string& triple) :
+ DarwinTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo>(triple) {
+ LongDoubleWidth = 128;
+ LongDoubleAlign = 128;
+ SuitableAlign = 128;
+ SizeType = UnsignedLong;
+ IntPtrType = SignedLong;
+ DescriptionString = "e-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:32:64-f32:32:32-f64:32:64-v64:64:64-v128:128:128-"
+ "a0:0:64-f80:128:128-n8:16:32-S128";
+ HasAlignMac68kSupport = true;
+ }
+
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+// x86-32 Windows target
+class WindowsX86_32TargetInfo : public WindowsTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo> {
+public:
+ WindowsX86_32TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : WindowsTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo>(triple) {
+ TLSSupported = false;
+ WCharType = UnsignedShort;
+ DoubleAlign = LongLongAlign = 64;
+ DescriptionString = "e-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-f80:128:128-v64:64:64-"
+ "v128:128:128-a0:0:64-f80:32:32-n8:16:32-S32";
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ WindowsTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo>::getTargetDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+
+// x86-32 Windows Visual Studio target
+class VisualStudioWindowsX86_32TargetInfo : public WindowsX86_32TargetInfo {
+public:
+ VisualStudioWindowsX86_32TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : WindowsX86_32TargetInfo(triple) {
+ LongDoubleWidth = LongDoubleAlign = 64;
+ LongDoubleFormat = &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble;
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ WindowsX86_32TargetInfo::getTargetDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ WindowsX86_32TargetInfo::getVisualStudioDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ // The value of the following reflects processor type.
+ // 300=386, 400=486, 500=Pentium, 600=Blend (default)
+ // We lost the original triple, so we use the default.
+ Builder.defineMacro("_M_IX86", "600");
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+// x86-32 MinGW target
+class MinGWX86_32TargetInfo : public WindowsX86_32TargetInfo {
+public:
+ MinGWX86_32TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : WindowsX86_32TargetInfo(triple) {
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ WindowsX86_32TargetInfo::getTargetDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ DefineStd(Builder, "WIN32", Opts);
+ DefineStd(Builder, "WINNT", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("_X86_");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__MSVCRT__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__MINGW32__");
+
+ // mingw32-gcc provides __declspec(a) as alias of __attribute__((a)).
+ // In contrast, clang-cc1 provides __declspec(a) with -fms-extensions.
+ if (Opts.MicrosoftExt)
+ // Provide "as-is" __declspec.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__declspec", "__declspec");
+ else
+ // Provide alias of __attribute__ like mingw32-gcc.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__declspec(a)", "__attribute__((a))");
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+// x86-32 Cygwin target
+class CygwinX86_32TargetInfo : public X86_32TargetInfo {
+public:
+ CygwinX86_32TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : X86_32TargetInfo(triple) {
+ TLSSupported = false;
+ WCharType = UnsignedShort;
+ DoubleAlign = LongLongAlign = 64;
+ DescriptionString = "e-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v64:64:64-v128:128:128-"
+ "a0:0:64-f80:32:32-n8:16:32-S32";
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ X86_32TargetInfo::getTargetDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__CYGWIN__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__CYGWIN32__");
+ DefineStd(Builder, "unix", Opts);
+ if (Opts.CPlusPlus)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_GNU_SOURCE");
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+// x86-32 Haiku target
+class HaikuX86_32TargetInfo : public X86_32TargetInfo {
+public:
+ HaikuX86_32TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : X86_32TargetInfo(triple) {
+ SizeType = UnsignedLong;
+ IntPtrType = SignedLong;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedLong;
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ X86_32TargetInfo::getTargetDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__INTEL__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__HAIKU__");
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+// RTEMS Target
+template<typename Target>
+class RTEMSTargetInfo : public OSTargetInfo<Target> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // RTEMS defines; list based off of gcc output
+
+ Builder.defineMacro("__rtems__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ }
+public:
+ RTEMSTargetInfo(const std::string &triple)
+ : OSTargetInfo<Target>(triple) {
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+
+ llvm::Triple Triple(triple);
+ switch (Triple.getArch()) {
+ default:
+ case llvm::Triple::x86:
+ // this->MCountName = ".mcount";
+ break;
+ case llvm::Triple::mips:
+ case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
+ case llvm::Triple::ppc:
+ case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
+ // this->MCountName = "_mcount";
+ break;
+ case llvm::Triple::arm:
+ // this->MCountName = "__mcount";
+ break;
+ }
+
+ }
+};
+
+namespace {
+// x86-32 RTEMS target
+class RTEMSX86_32TargetInfo : public X86_32TargetInfo {
+public:
+ RTEMSX86_32TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : X86_32TargetInfo(triple) {
+ SizeType = UnsignedLong;
+ IntPtrType = SignedLong;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedLong;
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ X86_32TargetInfo::getTargetDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__INTEL__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__rtems__");
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+// x86-64 generic target
+class X86_64TargetInfo : public X86TargetInfo {
+public:
+ X86_64TargetInfo(const std::string &triple) : X86TargetInfo(triple) {
+ LongWidth = LongAlign = PointerWidth = PointerAlign = 64;
+ LongDoubleWidth = 128;
+ LongDoubleAlign = 128;
+ LargeArrayMinWidth = 128;
+ LargeArrayAlign = 128;
+ SuitableAlign = 128;
+ IntMaxType = SignedLong;
+ UIntMaxType = UnsignedLong;
+ Int64Type = SignedLong;
+ RegParmMax = 6;
+
+ DescriptionString = "e-p:64:64:64-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v64:64:64-v128:128:128-"
+ "a0:0:64-s0:64:64-f80:128:128-n8:16:32:64-S128";
+
+ // Use fpret only for long double.
+ RealTypeUsesObjCFPRet = (1 << TargetInfo::LongDouble);
+
+ // Use fp2ret for _Complex long double.
+ ComplexLongDoubleUsesFP2Ret = true;
+
+ // x86-64 has atomics up to 16 bytes.
+ // FIXME: Once the backend is fixed, increase MaxAtomicInlineWidth to 128
+ // on CPUs with cmpxchg16b
+ MaxAtomicPromoteWidth = 128;
+ MaxAtomicInlineWidth = 64;
+ }
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ return "typedef struct __va_list_tag {"
+ " unsigned gp_offset;"
+ " unsigned fp_offset;"
+ " void* overflow_arg_area;"
+ " void* reg_save_area;"
+ "} __va_list_tag;"
+ "typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];";
+ }
+
+ int getEHDataRegisterNumber(unsigned RegNo) const {
+ if (RegNo == 0) return 0;
+ if (RegNo == 1) return 1;
+ return -1;
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+// x86-64 Windows target
+class WindowsX86_64TargetInfo : public WindowsTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo> {
+public:
+ WindowsX86_64TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : WindowsTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo>(triple) {
+ TLSSupported = false;
+ WCharType = UnsignedShort;
+ LongWidth = LongAlign = 32;
+ DoubleAlign = LongLongAlign = 64;
+ IntMaxType = SignedLongLong;
+ UIntMaxType = UnsignedLongLong;
+ Int64Type = SignedLongLong;
+ SizeType = UnsignedLongLong;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedLongLong;
+ IntPtrType = SignedLongLong;
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ WindowsTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo>::getTargetDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ Builder.defineMacro("_WIN64");
+ }
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ return "typedef char* __builtin_va_list;";
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+// x86-64 Windows Visual Studio target
+class VisualStudioWindowsX86_64TargetInfo : public WindowsX86_64TargetInfo {
+public:
+ VisualStudioWindowsX86_64TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : WindowsX86_64TargetInfo(triple) {
+ LongDoubleWidth = LongDoubleAlign = 64;
+ LongDoubleFormat = &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble;
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ WindowsX86_64TargetInfo::getTargetDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ WindowsX86_64TargetInfo::getVisualStudioDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ Builder.defineMacro("_M_X64");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_M_AMD64");
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+// x86-64 MinGW target
+class MinGWX86_64TargetInfo : public WindowsX86_64TargetInfo {
+public:
+ MinGWX86_64TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : WindowsX86_64TargetInfo(triple) {
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ WindowsX86_64TargetInfo::getTargetDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ DefineStd(Builder, "WIN64", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__MSVCRT__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__MINGW32__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__MINGW64__");
+
+ // mingw32-gcc provides __declspec(a) as alias of __attribute__((a)).
+ // In contrast, clang-cc1 provides __declspec(a) with -fms-extensions.
+ if (Opts.MicrosoftExt)
+ // Provide "as-is" __declspec.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__declspec", "__declspec");
+ else
+ // Provide alias of __attribute__ like mingw32-gcc.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__declspec(a)", "__attribute__((a))");
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+class DarwinX86_64TargetInfo : public DarwinTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo> {
+public:
+ DarwinX86_64TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : DarwinTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo>(triple) {
+ Int64Type = SignedLongLong;
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+class OpenBSDX86_64TargetInfo : public OpenBSDTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo> {
+public:
+ OpenBSDX86_64TargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : OpenBSDTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo>(triple) {
+ IntMaxType = SignedLongLong;
+ UIntMaxType = UnsignedLongLong;
+ Int64Type = SignedLongLong;
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+namespace {
+class ARMTargetInfo : public TargetInfo {
+ // Possible FPU choices.
+ enum FPUMode {
+ NoFPU,
+ VFP2FPU,
+ VFP3FPU,
+ NeonFPU
+ };
+
+ static bool FPUModeIsVFP(FPUMode Mode) {
+ return Mode >= VFP2FPU && Mode <= NeonFPU;
+ }
+
+ static const TargetInfo::GCCRegAlias GCCRegAliases[];
+ static const char * const GCCRegNames[];
+
+ std::string ABI, CPU;
+
+ unsigned FPU : 3;
+
+ unsigned IsThumb : 1;
+
+ // Initialized via features.
+ unsigned SoftFloat : 1;
+ unsigned SoftFloatABI : 1;
+
+ static const Builtin::Info BuiltinInfo[];
+
+public:
+ ARMTargetInfo(const std::string &TripleStr)
+ : TargetInfo(TripleStr), ABI("aapcs-linux"), CPU("arm1136j-s")
+ {
+ BigEndian = false;
+ SizeType = UnsignedInt;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedInt;
+ // AAPCS 7.1.1, ARM-Linux ABI 2.4: type of wchar_t is unsigned int.
+ WCharType = UnsignedInt;
+
+ // {} in inline assembly are neon specifiers, not assembly variant
+ // specifiers.
+ NoAsmVariants = true;
+
+ // FIXME: Should we just treat this as a feature?
+ IsThumb = getTriple().getArchName().startswith("thumb");
+ if (IsThumb) {
+ // Thumb1 add sp, #imm requires the immediate value be multiple of 4,
+ // so set preferred for small types to 32.
+ DescriptionString = ("e-p:32:32:32-i1:8:32-i8:8:32-i16:16:32-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-"
+ "v64:64:64-v128:64:128-a0:0:32-n32-S64");
+ } else {
+ DescriptionString = ("e-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-"
+ "v64:64:64-v128:64:128-a0:0:64-n32-S64");
+ }
+
+ // ARM targets default to using the ARM C++ ABI.
+ CXXABI = CXXABI_ARM;
+
+ // ARM has atomics up to 8 bytes
+ // FIXME: Set MaxAtomicInlineWidth if we have the feature v6e
+ MaxAtomicPromoteWidth = 64;
+
+ // Do force alignment of members that follow zero length bitfields. If
+ // the alignment of the zero-length bitfield is greater than the member
+ // that follows it, `bar', `bar' will be aligned as the type of the
+ // zero length bitfield.
+ UseZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment = true;
+ }
+ virtual const char *getABI() const { return ABI.c_str(); }
+ virtual bool setABI(const std::string &Name) {
+ ABI = Name;
+
+ // The defaults (above) are for AAPCS, check if we need to change them.
+ //
+ // FIXME: We need support for -meabi... we could just mangle it into the
+ // name.
+ if (Name == "apcs-gnu") {
+ DoubleAlign = LongLongAlign = LongDoubleAlign = SuitableAlign = 32;
+ SizeType = UnsignedLong;
+
+ // Revert to using SignedInt on apcs-gnu to comply with existing behaviour.
+ WCharType = SignedInt;
+
+ // Do not respect the alignment of bit-field types when laying out
+ // structures. This corresponds to PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS in gcc.
+ UseBitFieldTypeAlignment = false;
+
+ /// gcc forces the alignment to 4 bytes, regardless of the type of the
+ /// zero length bitfield. This corresponds to EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY in
+ /// gcc.
+ ZeroLengthBitfieldBoundary = 32;
+
+ if (IsThumb) {
+ // Thumb1 add sp, #imm requires the immediate value be multiple of 4,
+ // so set preferred for small types to 32.
+ DescriptionString = ("e-p:32:32:32-i1:8:32-i8:8:32-i16:16:32-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:32:64-f32:32:32-f64:32:64-"
+ "v64:32:64-v128:32:128-a0:0:32-n32-S32");
+ } else {
+ DescriptionString = ("e-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:32:64-f32:32:32-f64:32:64-"
+ "v64:32:64-v128:32:128-a0:0:32-n32-S32");
+ }
+
+ // FIXME: Override "preferred align" for double and long long.
+ } else if (Name == "aapcs") {
+ // FIXME: Enumerated types are variable width in straight AAPCS.
+ } else if (Name == "aapcs-linux") {
+ ;
+ } else
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ void getDefaultFeatures(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features) const {
+ if (CPU == "arm1136jf-s" || CPU == "arm1176jzf-s" || CPU == "mpcore")
+ Features["vfp2"] = true;
+ else if (CPU == "cortex-a8" || CPU == "cortex-a9")
+ Features["neon"] = true;
+ }
+
+ virtual bool setFeatureEnabled(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features,
+ StringRef Name,
+ bool Enabled) const {
+ if (Name == "soft-float" || Name == "soft-float-abi" ||
+ Name == "vfp2" || Name == "vfp3" || Name == "neon" || Name == "d16" ||
+ Name == "neonfp") {
+ Features[Name] = Enabled;
+ } else
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ virtual void HandleTargetFeatures(std::vector<std::string> &Features) {
+ FPU = NoFPU;
+ SoftFloat = SoftFloatABI = false;
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = Features.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+ if (Features[i] == "+soft-float")
+ SoftFloat = true;
+ else if (Features[i] == "+soft-float-abi")
+ SoftFloatABI = true;
+ else if (Features[i] == "+vfp2")
+ FPU = VFP2FPU;
+ else if (Features[i] == "+vfp3")
+ FPU = VFP3FPU;
+ else if (Features[i] == "+neon")
+ FPU = NeonFPU;
+ }
+
+ // Remove front-end specific options which the backend handles differently.
+ std::vector<std::string>::iterator it;
+ it = std::find(Features.begin(), Features.end(), "+soft-float");
+ if (it != Features.end())
+ Features.erase(it);
+ it = std::find(Features.begin(), Features.end(), "+soft-float-abi");
+ if (it != Features.end())
+ Features.erase(it);
+ }
+
+ virtual bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const {
+ return llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(Feature)
+ .Case("arm", true)
+ .Case("softfloat", SoftFloat)
+ .Case("thumb", IsThumb)
+ .Case("neon", FPU == NeonFPU && !SoftFloat &&
+ StringRef(getCPUDefineSuffix(CPU)).startswith("7"))
+ .Default(false);
+ }
+ static const char *getCPUDefineSuffix(StringRef Name) {
+ return llvm::StringSwitch<const char*>(Name)
+ .Cases("arm8", "arm810", "4")
+ .Cases("strongarm", "strongarm110", "strongarm1100", "strongarm1110", "4")
+ .Cases("arm7tdmi", "arm7tdmi-s", "arm710t", "arm720t", "arm9", "4T")
+ .Cases("arm9tdmi", "arm920", "arm920t", "arm922t", "arm940t", "4T")
+ .Case("ep9312", "4T")
+ .Cases("arm10tdmi", "arm1020t", "5T")
+ .Cases("arm9e", "arm946e-s", "arm966e-s", "arm968e-s", "5TE")
+ .Case("arm926ej-s", "5TEJ")
+ .Cases("arm10e", "arm1020e", "arm1022e", "5TE")
+ .Cases("xscale", "iwmmxt", "5TE")
+ .Case("arm1136j-s", "6J")
+ .Cases("arm1176jz-s", "arm1176jzf-s", "6ZK")
+ .Cases("arm1136jf-s", "mpcorenovfp", "mpcore", "6K")
+ .Cases("arm1156t2-s", "arm1156t2f-s", "6T2")
+ .Cases("cortex-a8", "cortex-a9", "7A")
+ .Case("cortex-m3", "7M")
+ .Case("cortex-m4", "7M")
+ .Case("cortex-m0", "6M")
+ .Default(0);
+ }
+ virtual bool setCPU(const std::string &Name) {
+ if (!getCPUDefineSuffix(Name))
+ return false;
+
+ CPU = Name;
+ return true;
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ // Target identification.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__arm");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__arm__");
+
+ // Target properties.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ARMEL__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__LITTLE_ENDIAN__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__REGISTER_PREFIX__", "");
+
+ StringRef CPUArch = getCPUDefineSuffix(CPU);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ARM_ARCH_" + CPUArch + "__");
+
+ // Subtarget options.
+
+ // FIXME: It's more complicated than this and we don't really support
+ // interworking.
+ if ('5' <= CPUArch[0] && CPUArch[0] <= '7')
+ Builder.defineMacro("__THUMB_INTERWORK__");
+
+ if (ABI == "aapcs" || ABI == "aapcs-linux")
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ARM_EABI__");
+
+ if (SoftFloat)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__SOFTFP__");
+
+ if (CPU == "xscale")
+ Builder.defineMacro("__XSCALE__");
+
+ bool IsARMv7 = CPUArch.startswith("7");
+ if (IsThumb) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__THUMBEL__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__thumb__");
+ if (CPUArch == "6T2" || IsARMv7)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__thumb2__");
+ }
+
+ // Note, this is always on in gcc, even though it doesn't make sense.
+ Builder.defineMacro("__APCS_32__");
+
+ if (FPUModeIsVFP((FPUMode) FPU))
+ Builder.defineMacro("__VFP_FP__");
+
+ // This only gets set when Neon instructions are actually available, unlike
+ // the VFP define, hence the soft float and arch check. This is subtly
+ // different from gcc, we follow the intent which was that it should be set
+ // when Neon instructions are actually available.
+ if (FPU == NeonFPU && !SoftFloat && IsARMv7)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ARM_NEON__");
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
+ unsigned &NumRecords) const {
+ Records = BuiltinInfo;
+ NumRecords = clang::ARM::LastTSBuiltin-Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin;
+ }
+ virtual bool isCLZForZeroUndef() const { return false; }
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ return "typedef void* __builtin_va_list;";
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const;
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const;
+ virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+ TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &Info) const {
+ // FIXME: Check if this is complete
+ switch (*Name) {
+ default:
+ case 'l': // r0-r7
+ case 'h': // r8-r15
+ case 'w': // VFP Floating point register single precision
+ case 'P': // VFP Floating point register double precision
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ return true;
+ case 'Q': // A memory address that is a single base register.
+ Info.setAllowsMemory();
+ return true;
+ case 'U': // a memory reference...
+ switch (Name[1]) {
+ case 'q': // ...ARMV4 ldrsb
+ case 'v': // ...VFP load/store (reg+constant offset)
+ case 'y': // ...iWMMXt load/store
+ case 't': // address valid for load/store opaque types wider
+ // than 128-bits
+ case 'n': // valid address for Neon doubleword vector load/store
+ case 'm': // valid address for Neon element and structure load/store
+ case 's': // valid address for non-offset loads/stores of quad-word
+ // values in four ARM registers
+ Info.setAllowsMemory();
+ Name++;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ return false;
+ }
+ virtual std::string convertConstraint(const char *&Constraint) const {
+ std::string R;
+ switch (*Constraint) {
+ case 'U': // Two-character constraint; add "^" hint for later parsing.
+ R = std::string("^") + std::string(Constraint, 2);
+ Constraint++;
+ break;
+ case 'p': // 'p' should be translated to 'r' by default.
+ R = std::string("r");
+ break;
+ default:
+ return std::string(1, *Constraint);
+ }
+ return R;
+ }
+ virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
+ // FIXME: Is this really right?
+ return "";
+ }
+};
+
+const char * const ARMTargetInfo::GCCRegNames[] = {
+ // Integer registers
+ "r0", "r1", "r2", "r3", "r4", "r5", "r6", "r7",
+ "r8", "r9", "r10", "r11", "r12", "sp", "lr", "pc",
+
+ // Float registers
+ "s0", "s1", "s2", "s3", "s4", "s5", "s6", "s7",
+ "s8", "s9", "s10", "s11", "s12", "s13", "s14", "s15",
+ "s16", "s17", "s18", "s19", "s20", "s21", "s22", "s23",
+ "s24", "s25", "s26", "s27", "s28", "s29", "s30", "s31",
+
+ // Double registers
+ "d0", "d1", "d2", "d3", "d4", "d5", "d6", "d7",
+ "d8", "d9", "d10", "d11", "d12", "d13", "d14", "d15",
+ "d16", "d17", "d18", "d19", "d20", "d21", "d22", "d23",
+ "d24", "d25", "d26", "d27", "d28", "d29", "d30", "d31",
+
+ // Quad registers
+ "q0", "q1", "q2", "q3", "q4", "q5", "q6", "q7",
+ "q8", "q9", "q10", "q11", "q12", "q13", "q14", "q15"
+};
+
+void ARMTargetInfo::getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const {
+ Names = GCCRegNames;
+ NumNames = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegNames);
+}
+
+const TargetInfo::GCCRegAlias ARMTargetInfo::GCCRegAliases[] = {
+ { { "a1" }, "r0" },
+ { { "a2" }, "r1" },
+ { { "a3" }, "r2" },
+ { { "a4" }, "r3" },
+ { { "v1" }, "r4" },
+ { { "v2" }, "r5" },
+ { { "v3" }, "r6" },
+ { { "v4" }, "r7" },
+ { { "v5" }, "r8" },
+ { { "v6", "rfp" }, "r9" },
+ { { "sl" }, "r10" },
+ { { "fp" }, "r11" },
+ { { "ip" }, "r12" },
+ { { "r13" }, "sp" },
+ { { "r14" }, "lr" },
+ { { "r15" }, "pc" },
+ // The S, D and Q registers overlap, but aren't really aliases; we
+ // don't want to substitute one of these for a different-sized one.
+};
+
+void ARMTargetInfo::getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const {
+ Aliases = GCCRegAliases;
+ NumAliases = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegAliases);
+}
+
+const Builtin::Info ARMTargetInfo::BuiltinInfo[] = {
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) { #ID, TYPE, ATTRS, 0, ALL_LANGUAGES },
+#define LIBBUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER) { #ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER,\
+ ALL_LANGUAGES },
+#include "clang/Basic/BuiltinsARM.def"
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+namespace {
+class DarwinARMTargetInfo :
+ public DarwinTargetInfo<ARMTargetInfo> {
+protected:
+ virtual void getOSDefines(const LangOptions &Opts, const llvm::Triple &Triple,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ getDarwinDefines(Builder, Opts, Triple, PlatformName, PlatformMinVersion);
+ }
+
+public:
+ DarwinARMTargetInfo(const std::string& triple)
+ : DarwinTargetInfo<ARMTargetInfo>(triple) {
+ HasAlignMac68kSupport = true;
+ // iOS always has 64-bit atomic instructions.
+ // FIXME: This should be based off of the target features in ARMTargetInfo.
+ MaxAtomicInlineWidth = 64;
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+
+namespace {
+// Hexagon abstract base class
+class HexagonTargetInfo : public TargetInfo {
+ static const Builtin::Info BuiltinInfo[];
+ static const char * const GCCRegNames[];
+ static const TargetInfo::GCCRegAlias GCCRegAliases[];
+ std::string CPU;
+public:
+ HexagonTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : TargetInfo(triple) {
+ BigEndian = false;
+ DescriptionString = ("e-p:32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-i32:32:32-"
+ "i16:16:16-i1:32:32-a:0:0");
+
+ // {} in inline assembly are packet specifiers, not assembly variant
+ // specifiers.
+ NoAsmVariants = true;
+ }
+
+ virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
+ unsigned &NumRecords) const {
+ Records = BuiltinInfo;
+ NumRecords = clang::Hexagon::LastTSBuiltin-Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin;
+ }
+
+ virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+ TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &Info) const {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const;
+
+ virtual bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const {
+ return Feature == "hexagon";
+ }
+
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ return "typedef char* __builtin_va_list;";
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const;
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const;
+ virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
+ return "";
+ }
+
+ static const char *getHexagonCPUSuffix(StringRef Name) {
+ return llvm::StringSwitch<const char*>(Name)
+ .Case("hexagonv2", "2")
+ .Case("hexagonv3", "3")
+ .Case("hexagonv4", "4")
+ .Default(0);
+ }
+
+ virtual bool setCPU(const std::string &Name) {
+ if (!getHexagonCPUSuffix(Name))
+ return false;
+
+ CPU = Name;
+ return true;
+ }
+};
+
+void HexagonTargetInfo::getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ Builder.defineMacro("qdsp6");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__qdsp6", "1");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__qdsp6__", "1");
+
+ Builder.defineMacro("hexagon");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__hexagon", "1");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__hexagon__", "1");
+
+ if(CPU == "hexagonv1") {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__HEXAGON_V1__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__HEXAGON_ARCH__", "1");
+ if(Opts.HexagonQdsp6Compat) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__QDSP6_V1__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__QDSP6_ARCH__", "1");
+ }
+ }
+ else if(CPU == "hexagonv2") {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__HEXAGON_V2__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__HEXAGON_ARCH__", "2");
+ if(Opts.HexagonQdsp6Compat) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__QDSP6_V2__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__QDSP6_ARCH__", "2");
+ }
+ }
+ else if(CPU == "hexagonv3") {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__HEXAGON_V3__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__HEXAGON_ARCH__", "3");
+ if(Opts.HexagonQdsp6Compat) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__QDSP6_V3__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__QDSP6_ARCH__", "3");
+ }
+ }
+ else if(CPU == "hexagonv4") {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__HEXAGON_V4__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__HEXAGON_ARCH__", "4");
+ if(Opts.HexagonQdsp6Compat) {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__QDSP6_V4__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__QDSP6_ARCH__", "4");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+const char * const HexagonTargetInfo::GCCRegNames[] = {
+ "r0", "r1", "r2", "r3", "r4", "r5", "r6", "r7",
+ "r8", "r9", "r10", "r11", "r12", "r13", "r14", "r15",
+ "r16", "r17", "r18", "r19", "r20", "r21", "r22", "r23",
+ "r24", "r25", "r26", "r27", "r28", "r29", "r30", "r31",
+ "p0", "p1", "p2", "p3",
+ "sa0", "lc0", "sa1", "lc1", "m0", "m1", "usr", "ugp"
+};
+
+void HexagonTargetInfo::getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const {
+ Names = GCCRegNames;
+ NumNames = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegNames);
+}
+
+
+const TargetInfo::GCCRegAlias HexagonTargetInfo::GCCRegAliases[] = {
+ { { "sp" }, "r29" },
+ { { "fp" }, "r30" },
+ { { "lr" }, "r31" },
+ };
+
+void HexagonTargetInfo::getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const {
+ Aliases = GCCRegAliases;
+ NumAliases = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegAliases);
+}
+
+
+const Builtin::Info HexagonTargetInfo::BuiltinInfo[] = {
+#define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) { #ID, TYPE, ATTRS, 0, ALL_LANGUAGES },
+#define LIBBUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER) { #ID, TYPE, ATTRS, HEADER,\
+ ALL_LANGUAGES },
+#include "clang/Basic/BuiltinsHexagon.def"
+};
+}
+
+
+namespace {
+class SparcV8TargetInfo : public TargetInfo {
+ static const TargetInfo::GCCRegAlias GCCRegAliases[];
+ static const char * const GCCRegNames[];
+ bool SoftFloat;
+public:
+ SparcV8TargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : TargetInfo(triple) {
+ // FIXME: Support Sparc quad-precision long double?
+ BigEndian = false;
+ DescriptionString = "e-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v64:64:64-n32";
+ }
+ virtual bool setFeatureEnabled(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features,
+ StringRef Name,
+ bool Enabled) const {
+ if (Name == "soft-float")
+ Features[Name] = Enabled;
+ else
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+ }
+ virtual void HandleTargetFeatures(std::vector<std::string> &Features) {
+ SoftFloat = false;
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = Features.size(); i != e; ++i)
+ if (Features[i] == "+soft-float")
+ SoftFloat = true;
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ DefineStd(Builder, "sparc", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__sparcv8");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__REGISTER_PREFIX__", "");
+
+ if (SoftFloat)
+ Builder.defineMacro("SOFT_FLOAT", "1");
+ }
+
+ virtual bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const {
+ return llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(Feature)
+ .Case("softfloat", SoftFloat)
+ .Case("sparc", true)
+ .Default(false);
+ }
+
+ virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
+ unsigned &NumRecords) const {
+ // FIXME: Implement!
+ }
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ return "typedef void* __builtin_va_list;";
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const;
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const;
+ virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+ TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &info) const {
+ // FIXME: Implement!
+ return false;
+ }
+ virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
+ // FIXME: Implement!
+ return "";
+ }
+};
+
+const char * const SparcV8TargetInfo::GCCRegNames[] = {
+ "r0", "r1", "r2", "r3", "r4", "r5", "r6", "r7",
+ "r8", "r9", "r10", "r11", "r12", "r13", "r14", "r15",
+ "r16", "r17", "r18", "r19", "r20", "r21", "r22", "r23",
+ "r24", "r25", "r26", "r27", "r28", "r29", "r30", "r31"
+};
+
+void SparcV8TargetInfo::getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const {
+ Names = GCCRegNames;
+ NumNames = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegNames);
+}
+
+const TargetInfo::GCCRegAlias SparcV8TargetInfo::GCCRegAliases[] = {
+ { { "g0" }, "r0" },
+ { { "g1" }, "r1" },
+ { { "g2" }, "r2" },
+ { { "g3" }, "r3" },
+ { { "g4" }, "r4" },
+ { { "g5" }, "r5" },
+ { { "g6" }, "r6" },
+ { { "g7" }, "r7" },
+ { { "o0" }, "r8" },
+ { { "o1" }, "r9" },
+ { { "o2" }, "r10" },
+ { { "o3" }, "r11" },
+ { { "o4" }, "r12" },
+ { { "o5" }, "r13" },
+ { { "o6", "sp" }, "r14" },
+ { { "o7" }, "r15" },
+ { { "l0" }, "r16" },
+ { { "l1" }, "r17" },
+ { { "l2" }, "r18" },
+ { { "l3" }, "r19" },
+ { { "l4" }, "r20" },
+ { { "l5" }, "r21" },
+ { { "l6" }, "r22" },
+ { { "l7" }, "r23" },
+ { { "i0" }, "r24" },
+ { { "i1" }, "r25" },
+ { { "i2" }, "r26" },
+ { { "i3" }, "r27" },
+ { { "i4" }, "r28" },
+ { { "i5" }, "r29" },
+ { { "i6", "fp" }, "r30" },
+ { { "i7" }, "r31" },
+};
+
+void SparcV8TargetInfo::getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const {
+ Aliases = GCCRegAliases;
+ NumAliases = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegAliases);
+}
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+namespace {
+class AuroraUXSparcV8TargetInfo : public AuroraUXTargetInfo<SparcV8TargetInfo> {
+public:
+ AuroraUXSparcV8TargetInfo(const std::string& triple) :
+ AuroraUXTargetInfo<SparcV8TargetInfo>(triple) {
+ SizeType = UnsignedInt;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedInt;
+ }
+};
+class SolarisSparcV8TargetInfo : public SolarisTargetInfo<SparcV8TargetInfo> {
+public:
+ SolarisSparcV8TargetInfo(const std::string& triple) :
+ SolarisTargetInfo<SparcV8TargetInfo>(triple) {
+ SizeType = UnsignedInt;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedInt;
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+namespace {
+ class MSP430TargetInfo : public TargetInfo {
+ static const char * const GCCRegNames[];
+ public:
+ MSP430TargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : TargetInfo(triple) {
+ BigEndian = false;
+ TLSSupported = false;
+ IntWidth = 16; IntAlign = 16;
+ LongWidth = 32; LongLongWidth = 64;
+ LongAlign = LongLongAlign = 16;
+ PointerWidth = 16; PointerAlign = 16;
+ SuitableAlign = 16;
+ SizeType = UnsignedInt;
+ IntMaxType = SignedLong;
+ UIntMaxType = UnsignedLong;
+ IntPtrType = SignedShort;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedInt;
+ SigAtomicType = SignedLong;
+ DescriptionString = "e-p:16:16:16-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:16:32-n8:16";
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ Builder.defineMacro("MSP430");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__MSP430__");
+ // FIXME: defines for different 'flavours' of MCU
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
+ unsigned &NumRecords) const {
+ // FIXME: Implement.
+ Records = 0;
+ NumRecords = 0;
+ }
+ virtual bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const {
+ return Feature == "msp430";
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const;
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const {
+ // No aliases.
+ Aliases = 0;
+ NumAliases = 0;
+ }
+ virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+ TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &info) const {
+ // No target constraints for now.
+ return false;
+ }
+ virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
+ // FIXME: Is this really right?
+ return "";
+ }
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ // FIXME: implement
+ return "typedef char* __builtin_va_list;";
+ }
+ };
+
+ const char * const MSP430TargetInfo::GCCRegNames[] = {
+ "r0", "r1", "r2", "r3", "r4", "r5", "r6", "r7",
+ "r8", "r9", "r10", "r11", "r12", "r13", "r14", "r15"
+ };
+
+ void MSP430TargetInfo::getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const {
+ Names = GCCRegNames;
+ NumNames = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegNames);
+ }
+}
+
+namespace {
+
+ // LLVM and Clang cannot be used directly to output native binaries for
+ // target, but is used to compile C code to llvm bitcode with correct
+ // type and alignment information.
+ //
+ // TCE uses the llvm bitcode as input and uses it for generating customized
+ // target processor and program binary. TCE co-design environment is
+ // publicly available in http://tce.cs.tut.fi
+
+ static const unsigned TCEOpenCLAddrSpaceMap[] = {
+ 3, // opencl_global
+ 4, // opencl_local
+ 5 // opencl_constant
+ };
+
+ class TCETargetInfo : public TargetInfo{
+ public:
+ TCETargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : TargetInfo(triple) {
+ TLSSupported = false;
+ IntWidth = 32;
+ LongWidth = LongLongWidth = 32;
+ PointerWidth = 32;
+ IntAlign = 32;
+ LongAlign = LongLongAlign = 32;
+ PointerAlign = 32;
+ SuitableAlign = 32;
+ SizeType = UnsignedInt;
+ IntMaxType = SignedLong;
+ UIntMaxType = UnsignedLong;
+ IntPtrType = SignedInt;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedInt;
+ FloatWidth = 32;
+ FloatAlign = 32;
+ DoubleWidth = 32;
+ DoubleAlign = 32;
+ LongDoubleWidth = 32;
+ LongDoubleAlign = 32;
+ FloatFormat = &llvm::APFloat::IEEEsingle;
+ DoubleFormat = &llvm::APFloat::IEEEsingle;
+ LongDoubleFormat = &llvm::APFloat::IEEEsingle;
+ DescriptionString = "E-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:32-"
+ "i16:16:32-i32:32:32-i64:32:32-"
+ "f32:32:32-f64:32:32-v64:32:32-"
+ "v128:32:32-a0:0:32-n32";
+ AddrSpaceMap = &TCEOpenCLAddrSpaceMap;
+ }
+
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ DefineStd(Builder, "tce", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__TCE__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__TCE_V1__");
+ }
+ virtual bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const {
+ return Feature == "tce";
+ }
+
+ virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
+ unsigned &NumRecords) const {}
+ virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
+ return "";
+ }
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ return "typedef void* __builtin_va_list;";
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const {}
+ virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+ TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &info) const {
+ return true;
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const {}
+ };
+}
+
+namespace {
+class MipsTargetInfoBase : public TargetInfo {
+ std::string CPU;
+ bool SoftFloat;
+ bool SingleFloat;
+
+protected:
+ std::string ABI;
+
+public:
+ MipsTargetInfoBase(const std::string& triple,
+ const std::string& ABIStr,
+ const std::string& CPUStr)
+ : TargetInfo(triple),
+ CPU(CPUStr),
+ SoftFloat(false), SingleFloat(false),
+ ABI(ABIStr)
+ {}
+
+ virtual const char *getABI() const { return ABI.c_str(); }
+ virtual bool setABI(const std::string &Name) = 0;
+ virtual bool setCPU(const std::string &Name) {
+ CPU = Name;
+ return true;
+ }
+ void getDefaultFeatures(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features) const {
+ Features[ABI] = true;
+ Features[CPU] = true;
+ }
+
+ virtual void getArchDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ if (SoftFloat)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__mips_soft_float", Twine(1));
+ else if (SingleFloat)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__mips_single_float", Twine(1));
+ else if (!SoftFloat && !SingleFloat)
+ Builder.defineMacro("__mips_hard_float", Twine(1));
+ else
+ llvm_unreachable("Invalid float ABI for Mips.");
+
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MIPS_SZPTR", Twine(getPointerWidth(0)));
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MIPS_SZINT", Twine(getIntWidth()));
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MIPS_SZLONG", Twine(getLongWidth()));
+ }
+
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const = 0;
+ virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
+ unsigned &NumRecords) const {
+ // FIXME: Implement!
+ }
+ virtual bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const {
+ return Feature == "mips";
+ }
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ return "typedef void* __builtin_va_list;";
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const {
+ static const char * const GCCRegNames[] = {
+ // CPU register names
+ // Must match second column of GCCRegAliases
+ "$0", "$1", "$2", "$3", "$4", "$5", "$6", "$7",
+ "$8", "$9", "$10", "$11", "$12", "$13", "$14", "$15",
+ "$16", "$17", "$18", "$19", "$20", "$21", "$22", "$23",
+ "$24", "$25", "$26", "$27", "$28", "$29", "$30", "$31",
+ // Floating point register names
+ "$f0", "$f1", "$f2", "$f3", "$f4", "$f5", "$f6", "$f7",
+ "$f8", "$f9", "$f10", "$f11", "$f12", "$f13", "$f14", "$f15",
+ "$f16", "$f17", "$f18", "$f19", "$f20", "$f21", "$f22", "$f23",
+ "$f24", "$f25", "$f26", "$f27", "$f28", "$f29", "$f30", "$f31",
+ // Hi/lo and condition register names
+ "hi", "lo", "", "$fcc0","$fcc1","$fcc2","$fcc3","$fcc4",
+ "$fcc5","$fcc6","$fcc7"
+ };
+ Names = GCCRegNames;
+ NumNames = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegNames);
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const = 0;
+ virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+ TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &Info) const {
+ switch (*Name) {
+ default:
+ return false;
+
+ case 'r': // CPU registers.
+ case 'd': // Equivalent to "r" unless generating MIPS16 code.
+ case 'y': // Equivalent to "r", backwards compatibility only.
+ case 'f': // floating-point registers.
+ case 'c': // $25 for indirect jumps
+ case 'l': // lo register
+ case 'x': // hilo register pair
+ Info.setAllowsRegister();
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
+ // FIXME: Implement!
+ return "";
+ }
+
+ virtual bool setFeatureEnabled(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features,
+ StringRef Name,
+ bool Enabled) const {
+ if (Name == "soft-float" || Name == "single-float" ||
+ Name == "o32" || Name == "n32" || Name == "n64" || Name == "eabi" ||
+ Name == "mips32" || Name == "mips32r2" ||
+ Name == "mips64" || Name == "mips64r2") {
+ Features[Name] = Enabled;
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ virtual void HandleTargetFeatures(std::vector<std::string> &Features) {
+ SoftFloat = false;
+ SingleFloat = false;
+
+ for (std::vector<std::string>::iterator it = Features.begin(),
+ ie = Features.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
+ if (*it == "+single-float") {
+ SingleFloat = true;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (*it == "+soft-float") {
+ SoftFloat = true;
+ // This option is front-end specific.
+ // Do not need to pass it to the backend.
+ Features.erase(it);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+};
+
+class Mips32TargetInfoBase : public MipsTargetInfoBase {
+public:
+ Mips32TargetInfoBase(const std::string& triple) :
+ MipsTargetInfoBase(triple, "o32", "mips32") {
+ SizeType = UnsignedInt;
+ PtrDiffType = SignedInt;
+ }
+ virtual bool setABI(const std::string &Name) {
+ if ((Name == "o32") || (Name == "eabi")) {
+ ABI = Name;
+ return true;
+ } else
+ return false;
+ }
+ virtual void getArchDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ MipsTargetInfoBase::getArchDefines(Opts, Builder);
+
+ if (ABI == "o32") {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__mips_o32");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_ABIO32", "1");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MIPS_SIM", "_ABIO32");
+ }
+ else if (ABI == "eabi")
+ Builder.defineMacro("__mips_eabi");
+ else
+ llvm_unreachable("Invalid ABI for Mips32.");
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const {
+ static const TargetInfo::GCCRegAlias GCCRegAliases[] = {
+ { { "at" }, "$1" },
+ { { "v0" }, "$2" },
+ { { "v1" }, "$3" },
+ { { "a0" }, "$4" },
+ { { "a1" }, "$5" },
+ { { "a2" }, "$6" },
+ { { "a3" }, "$7" },
+ { { "t0" }, "$8" },
+ { { "t1" }, "$9" },
+ { { "t2" }, "$10" },
+ { { "t3" }, "$11" },
+ { { "t4" }, "$12" },
+ { { "t5" }, "$13" },
+ { { "t6" }, "$14" },
+ { { "t7" }, "$15" },
+ { { "s0" }, "$16" },
+ { { "s1" }, "$17" },
+ { { "s2" }, "$18" },
+ { { "s3" }, "$19" },
+ { { "s4" }, "$20" },
+ { { "s5" }, "$21" },
+ { { "s6" }, "$22" },
+ { { "s7" }, "$23" },
+ { { "t8" }, "$24" },
+ { { "t9" }, "$25" },
+ { { "k0" }, "$26" },
+ { { "k1" }, "$27" },
+ { { "gp" }, "$28" },
+ { { "sp","$sp" }, "$29" },
+ { { "fp","$fp" }, "$30" },
+ { { "ra" }, "$31" }
+ };
+ Aliases = GCCRegAliases;
+ NumAliases = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegAliases);
+ }
+};
+
+class Mips32EBTargetInfo : public Mips32TargetInfoBase {
+public:
+ Mips32EBTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : Mips32TargetInfoBase(triple) {
+ DescriptionString = "E-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:32-i16:16:32-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v64:64:64-n32";
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ DefineStd(Builder, "mips", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("_mips");
+ DefineStd(Builder, "MIPSEB", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MIPSEB");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__REGISTER_PREFIX__", "");
+ getArchDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ }
+};
+
+class Mips32ELTargetInfo : public Mips32TargetInfoBase {
+public:
+ Mips32ELTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : Mips32TargetInfoBase(triple) {
+ BigEndian = false;
+ DescriptionString = "e-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:32-i16:16:32-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v64:64:64-n32";
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ DefineStd(Builder, "mips", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("_mips");
+ DefineStd(Builder, "MIPSEL", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MIPSEL");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__REGISTER_PREFIX__", "");
+ getArchDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ }
+};
+
+class Mips64TargetInfoBase : public MipsTargetInfoBase {
+ virtual void SetDescriptionString(const std::string &Name) = 0;
+public:
+ Mips64TargetInfoBase(const std::string& triple) :
+ MipsTargetInfoBase(triple, "n64", "mips64") {
+ LongWidth = LongAlign = 64;
+ PointerWidth = PointerAlign = 64;
+ LongDoubleWidth = LongDoubleAlign = 128;
+ LongDoubleFormat = &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad;
+ SuitableAlign = 128;
+ }
+ virtual bool setABI(const std::string &Name) {
+ SetDescriptionString(Name);
+
+ if (Name != "n32" && Name != "n64")
+ return false;
+
+ ABI = Name;
+
+ if (Name == "n32") {
+ LongWidth = LongAlign = 32;
+ PointerWidth = PointerAlign = 32;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+ virtual void getArchDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ MipsTargetInfoBase::getArchDefines(Opts, Builder);
+
+ if (ABI == "n32") {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__mips_n32");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_ABIN32", "2");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MIPS_SIM", "_ABIN32");
+ }
+ else if (ABI == "n64") {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__mips_n64");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_ABI64", "3");
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MIPS_SIM", "_ABI64");
+ }
+ else
+ llvm_unreachable("Invalid ABI for Mips64.");
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const {
+ static const TargetInfo::GCCRegAlias GCCRegAliases[] = {
+ { { "at" }, "$1" },
+ { { "v0" }, "$2" },
+ { { "v1" }, "$3" },
+ { { "a0" }, "$4" },
+ { { "a1" }, "$5" },
+ { { "a2" }, "$6" },
+ { { "a3" }, "$7" },
+ { { "a4" }, "$8" },
+ { { "a5" }, "$9" },
+ { { "a6" }, "$10" },
+ { { "a7" }, "$11" },
+ { { "t0" }, "$12" },
+ { { "t1" }, "$13" },
+ { { "t2" }, "$14" },
+ { { "t3" }, "$15" },
+ { { "s0" }, "$16" },
+ { { "s1" }, "$17" },
+ { { "s2" }, "$18" },
+ { { "s3" }, "$19" },
+ { { "s4" }, "$20" },
+ { { "s5" }, "$21" },
+ { { "s6" }, "$22" },
+ { { "s7" }, "$23" },
+ { { "t8" }, "$24" },
+ { { "t9" }, "$25" },
+ { { "k0" }, "$26" },
+ { { "k1" }, "$27" },
+ { { "gp" }, "$28" },
+ { { "sp","$sp" }, "$29" },
+ { { "fp","$fp" }, "$30" },
+ { { "ra" }, "$31" }
+ };
+ Aliases = GCCRegAliases;
+ NumAliases = llvm::array_lengthof(GCCRegAliases);
+ }
+};
+
+class Mips64EBTargetInfo : public Mips64TargetInfoBase {
+ virtual void SetDescriptionString(const std::string &Name) {
+ // Change DescriptionString only if ABI is n32.
+ if (Name == "n32")
+ DescriptionString = "E-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:32-i16:16:32-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-f128:128:128-"
+ "v64:64:64-n32";
+ }
+public:
+ Mips64EBTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : Mips64TargetInfoBase(triple) {
+ // Default ABI is n64.
+ DescriptionString = "E-p:64:64:64-i1:8:8-i8:8:32-i16:16:32-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-f128:128:128-"
+ "v64:64:64-n32";
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ DefineStd(Builder, "mips", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("_mips");
+ DefineStd(Builder, "MIPSEB", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MIPSEB");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__REGISTER_PREFIX__", "");
+ getArchDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ }
+};
+
+class Mips64ELTargetInfo : public Mips64TargetInfoBase {
+ virtual void SetDescriptionString(const std::string &Name) {
+ // Change DescriptionString only if ABI is n32.
+ if (Name == "n32")
+ DescriptionString = "e-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:32-i16:16:32-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-f128:128:128"
+ "-v64:64:64-n32";
+ }
+public:
+ Mips64ELTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : Mips64TargetInfoBase(triple) {
+ // Default ABI is n64.
+ BigEndian = false;
+ DescriptionString = "e-p:64:64:64-i1:8:8-i8:8:32-i16:16:32-i32:32:32-"
+ "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-f128:128:128-"
+ "v64:64:64-n32";
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ DefineStd(Builder, "mips", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("_mips");
+ DefineStd(Builder, "MIPSEL", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("_MIPSEL");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__REGISTER_PREFIX__", "");
+ getArchDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+namespace {
+class PNaClTargetInfo : public TargetInfo {
+public:
+ PNaClTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : TargetInfo(triple) {
+ BigEndian = false;
+ this->UserLabelPrefix = "";
+ this->LongAlign = 32;
+ this->LongWidth = 32;
+ this->PointerAlign = 32;
+ this->PointerWidth = 32;
+ this->IntMaxType = TargetInfo::SignedLongLong;
+ this->UIntMaxType = TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong;
+ this->Int64Type = TargetInfo::SignedLongLong;
+ this->DoubleAlign = 64;
+ this->LongDoubleWidth = 64;
+ this->LongDoubleAlign = 64;
+ this->SizeType = TargetInfo::UnsignedInt;
+ this->PtrDiffType = TargetInfo::SignedInt;
+ this->IntPtrType = TargetInfo::SignedInt;
+ this->RegParmMax = 2;
+ DescriptionString = "e-i1:8:8-i8:8:8-i16:16:16-i32:32:32-i64:64:64-"
+ "f32:32:32-f64:64:64-p:32:32:32-v128:32:32";
+ }
+
+ void getDefaultFeatures(llvm::StringMap<bool> &Features) const {
+ }
+ virtual void getArchDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ Builder.defineMacro("__le32__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__pnacl__");
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
+ MacroBuilder &Builder) const {
+ DefineStd(Builder, "unix", Opts);
+ Builder.defineMacro("__ELF__");
+ if (Opts.POSIXThreads)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_REENTRANT");
+ if (Opts.CPlusPlus)
+ Builder.defineMacro("_GNU_SOURCE");
+
+ Builder.defineMacro("__LITTLE_ENDIAN__");
+ Builder.defineMacro("__native_client__");
+ getArchDefines(Opts, Builder);
+ }
+ virtual bool hasFeature(StringRef Feature) const {
+ return Feature == "pnacl";
+ }
+ virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
+ unsigned &NumRecords) const {
+ }
+ virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
+ return "typedef int __builtin_va_list[4];";
+ }
+ virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const;
+ virtual void getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const;
+ virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
+ TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &Info) const {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
+ return "";
+ }
+};
+
+void PNaClTargetInfo::getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
+ unsigned &NumNames) const {
+ Names = NULL;
+ NumNames = 0;
+}
+
+void PNaClTargetInfo::getGCCRegAliases(const GCCRegAlias *&Aliases,
+ unsigned &NumAliases) const {
+ Aliases = NULL;
+ NumAliases = 0;
+}
+} // end anonymous namespace.
+
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Driver code
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+static TargetInfo *AllocateTarget(const std::string &T) {
+ llvm::Triple Triple(T);
+ llvm::Triple::OSType os = Triple.getOS();
+
+ switch (Triple.getArch()) {
+ default:
+ return NULL;
+
+ case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
+ return new HexagonTargetInfo(T);
+
+ case llvm::Triple::arm:
+ case llvm::Triple::thumb:
+ if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
+ return new DarwinARMTargetInfo(T);
+
+ switch (os) {
+ case llvm::Triple::Linux:
+ return new LinuxTargetInfo<ARMTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
+ return new FreeBSDTargetInfo<ARMTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::NetBSD:
+ return new NetBSDTargetInfo<ARMTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::RTEMS:
+ return new RTEMSTargetInfo<ARMTargetInfo>(T);
+ default:
+ return new ARMTargetInfo(T);
+ }
+
+ case llvm::Triple::msp430:
+ return new MSP430TargetInfo(T);
+
+ case llvm::Triple::mips:
+ switch (os) {
+ case llvm::Triple::Linux:
+ return new LinuxTargetInfo<Mips32EBTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::RTEMS:
+ return new RTEMSTargetInfo<Mips32EBTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
+ return new FreeBSDTargetInfo<Mips32EBTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::NetBSD:
+ return new NetBSDTargetInfo<Mips32EBTargetInfo>(T);
+ default:
+ return new Mips32EBTargetInfo(T);
+ }
+
+ case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
+ switch (os) {
+ case llvm::Triple::Linux:
+ return new LinuxTargetInfo<Mips32ELTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::RTEMS:
+ return new RTEMSTargetInfo<Mips32ELTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
+ return new FreeBSDTargetInfo<Mips32ELTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::NetBSD:
+ return new NetBSDTargetInfo<Mips32ELTargetInfo>(T);
+ default:
+ return new Mips32ELTargetInfo(T);
+ }
+
+ case llvm::Triple::mips64:
+ switch (os) {
+ case llvm::Triple::Linux:
+ return new LinuxTargetInfo<Mips64EBTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::RTEMS:
+ return new RTEMSTargetInfo<Mips64EBTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
+ return new FreeBSDTargetInfo<Mips64EBTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::NetBSD:
+ return new NetBSDTargetInfo<Mips64EBTargetInfo>(T);
+ default:
+ return new Mips64EBTargetInfo(T);
+ }
+
+ case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
+ switch (os) {
+ case llvm::Triple::Linux:
+ return new LinuxTargetInfo<Mips64ELTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::RTEMS:
+ return new RTEMSTargetInfo<Mips64ELTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
+ return new FreeBSDTargetInfo<Mips64ELTargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::NetBSD:
+ return new NetBSDTargetInfo<Mips64ELTargetInfo>(T);
+ default:
+ return new Mips64ELTargetInfo(T);
+ }
+
+ case llvm::Triple::le32:
+ switch (os) {
+ case llvm::Triple::NativeClient:
+ return new PNaClTargetInfo(T);
+ default:
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ case llvm::Triple::ppc:
+ if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
+ return new DarwinPPC32TargetInfo(T);
+ switch (os) {
+ case llvm::Triple::Linux:
+ return new LinuxTargetInfo<PPC32TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
+ return new FreeBSDTargetInfo<PPC32TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::NetBSD:
+ return new NetBSDTargetInfo<PPC32TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::RTEMS:
+ return new RTEMSTargetInfo<PPC32TargetInfo>(T);
+ default:
+ return new PPC32TargetInfo(T);
+ }
+
+ case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
+ if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
+ return new DarwinPPC64TargetInfo(T);
+ switch (os) {
+ case llvm::Triple::Linux:
+ return new LinuxTargetInfo<PPC64TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::Lv2:
+ return new PS3PPUTargetInfo<PPC64TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
+ return new FreeBSDTargetInfo<PPC64TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::NetBSD:
+ return new NetBSDTargetInfo<PPC64TargetInfo>(T);
+ default:
+ return new PPC64TargetInfo(T);
+ }
+
+ case llvm::Triple::ptx32:
+ return new PTX32TargetInfo(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::ptx64:
+ return new PTX64TargetInfo(T);
+
+ case llvm::Triple::mblaze:
+ return new MBlazeTargetInfo(T);
+
+ case llvm::Triple::sparc:
+ switch (os) {
+ case llvm::Triple::Linux:
+ return new LinuxTargetInfo<SparcV8TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::AuroraUX:
+ return new AuroraUXSparcV8TargetInfo(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::Solaris:
+ return new SolarisSparcV8TargetInfo(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::NetBSD:
+ return new NetBSDTargetInfo<SparcV8TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::RTEMS:
+ return new RTEMSTargetInfo<SparcV8TargetInfo>(T);
+ default:
+ return new SparcV8TargetInfo(T);
+ }
+
+ // FIXME: Need a real SPU target.
+ case llvm::Triple::cellspu:
+ return new PS3SPUTargetInfo<PPC64TargetInfo>(T);
+
+ case llvm::Triple::tce:
+ return new TCETargetInfo(T);
+
+ case llvm::Triple::x86:
+ if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
+ return new DarwinI386TargetInfo(T);
+
+ switch (os) {
+ case llvm::Triple::AuroraUX:
+ return new AuroraUXTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::Linux:
+ return new LinuxTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
+ return new DragonFlyBSDTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::NetBSD:
+ return new NetBSDI386TargetInfo(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
+ return new OpenBSDI386TargetInfo(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
+ return new FreeBSDTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::Minix:
+ return new MinixTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::Solaris:
+ return new SolarisTargetInfo<X86_32TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::Cygwin:
+ return new CygwinX86_32TargetInfo(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::MinGW32:
+ return new MinGWX86_32TargetInfo(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::Win32:
+ return new VisualStudioWindowsX86_32TargetInfo(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::Haiku:
+ return new HaikuX86_32TargetInfo(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::RTEMS:
+ return new RTEMSX86_32TargetInfo(T);
+ default:
+ return new X86_32TargetInfo(T);
+ }
+
+ case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
+ if (Triple.isOSDarwin() || Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::MachO)
+ return new DarwinX86_64TargetInfo(T);
+
+ switch (os) {
+ case llvm::Triple::AuroraUX:
+ return new AuroraUXTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::Linux:
+ return new LinuxTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
+ return new DragonFlyBSDTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::NetBSD:
+ return new NetBSDTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
+ return new OpenBSDX86_64TargetInfo(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
+ return new FreeBSDTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::Solaris:
+ return new SolarisTargetInfo<X86_64TargetInfo>(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::MinGW32:
+ return new MinGWX86_64TargetInfo(T);
+ case llvm::Triple::Win32: // This is what Triple.h supports now.
+ return new VisualStudioWindowsX86_64TargetInfo(T);
+ default:
+ return new X86_64TargetInfo(T);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/// CreateTargetInfo - Return the target info object for the specified target
+/// triple.
+TargetInfo *TargetInfo::CreateTargetInfo(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
+ TargetOptions &Opts) {
+ llvm::Triple Triple(Opts.Triple);
+
+ // Construct the target
+ OwningPtr<TargetInfo> Target(AllocateTarget(Triple.str()));
+ if (!Target) {
+ Diags.Report(diag::err_target_unknown_triple) << Triple.str();
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ // Set the target CPU if specified.
+ if (!Opts.CPU.empty() && !Target->setCPU(Opts.CPU)) {
+ Diags.Report(diag::err_target_unknown_cpu) << Opts.CPU;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ // Set the target ABI if specified.
+ if (!Opts.ABI.empty() && !Target->setABI(Opts.ABI)) {
+ Diags.Report(diag::err_target_unknown_abi) << Opts.ABI;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ // Set the target C++ ABI.
+ if (!Opts.CXXABI.empty() && !Target->setCXXABI(Opts.CXXABI)) {
+ Diags.Report(diag::err_target_unknown_cxxabi) << Opts.CXXABI;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ // Compute the default target features, we need the target to handle this
+ // because features may have dependencies on one another.
+ llvm::StringMap<bool> Features;
+ Target->getDefaultFeatures(Features);
+
+ // Apply the user specified deltas.
+ // First the enables.
+ for (std::vector<std::string>::const_iterator it = Opts.Features.begin(),
+ ie = Opts.Features.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
+ const char *Name = it->c_str();
+
+ if (Name[0] != '+')
+ continue;
+
+ // Apply the feature via the target.
+ if (!Target->setFeatureEnabled(Features, Name + 1, true)) {
+ Diags.Report(diag::err_target_invalid_feature) << Name;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Then the disables.
+ for (std::vector<std::string>::const_iterator it = Opts.Features.begin(),
+ ie = Opts.Features.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
+ const char *Name = it->c_str();
+
+ if (Name[0] == '+')
+ continue;
+
+ // Apply the feature via the target.
+ if (Name[0] != '-' ||
+ !Target->setFeatureEnabled(Features, Name + 1, false)) {
+ Diags.Report(diag::err_target_invalid_feature) << Name;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Add the features to the compile options.
+ //
+ // FIXME: If we are completely confident that we have the right set, we only
+ // need to pass the minuses.
+ Opts.Features.clear();
+ for (llvm::StringMap<bool>::const_iterator it = Features.begin(),
+ ie = Features.end(); it != ie; ++it)
+ Opts.Features.push_back((it->second ? "+" : "-") + it->first().str());
+ Target->HandleTargetFeatures(Opts.Features);
+
+ return Target.take();
+}
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/TokenKinds.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/TokenKinds.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cdc1e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/TokenKinds.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+//===--- TokenKinds.cpp - Token Kinds Support -----------------------------===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the TokenKind enum and support functions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.h"
+
+#include <cassert>
+using namespace clang;
+
+static const char * const TokNames[] = {
+#define TOK(X) #X,
+#define KEYWORD(X,Y) #X,
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.def"
+ 0
+};
+
+const char *tok::getTokenName(enum TokenKind Kind) {
+ assert(Kind < tok::NUM_TOKENS);
+ return TokNames[Kind];
+}
+
+const char *tok::getTokenSimpleSpelling(enum TokenKind Kind) {
+ switch (Kind) {
+#define PUNCTUATOR(X,Y) case X: return Y;
+#include "clang/Basic/TokenKinds.def"
+ default: break;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/Version.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/Version.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..183e045
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/Version.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+//===- Version.cpp - Clang Version Number -----------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file defines several version-related utility functions for Clang.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "clang/Basic/Version.h"
+#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include "llvm/Config/config.h"
+#include <cstring>
+#include <cstdlib>
+
+namespace clang {
+
+std::string getClangRepositoryPath() {
+#if defined(CLANG_REPOSITORY_STRING)
+ return CLANG_REPOSITORY_STRING;
+#else
+#ifdef SVN_REPOSITORY
+ StringRef URL(SVN_REPOSITORY);
+#else
+ StringRef URL("");
+#endif
+
+ // If the SVN_REPOSITORY is empty, try to use the SVN keyword. This helps us
+ // pick up a tag in an SVN export, for example.
+ static StringRef SVNRepository("$URL: https://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/cfe/branches/release_31/lib/Basic/Version.cpp $");
+ if (URL.empty()) {
+ URL = SVNRepository.slice(SVNRepository.find(':'),
+ SVNRepository.find("/lib/Basic"));
+ }
+
+ // Strip off version from a build from an integration branch.
+ URL = URL.slice(0, URL.find("/src/tools/clang"));
+
+ // Trim path prefix off, assuming path came from standard cfe path.
+ size_t Start = URL.find("cfe/");
+ if (Start != StringRef::npos)
+ URL = URL.substr(Start + 4);
+
+ return URL;
+#endif
+}
+
+std::string getLLVMRepositoryPath() {
+#ifdef LLVM_REPOSITORY
+ StringRef URL(LLVM_REPOSITORY);
+#else
+ StringRef URL("");
+#endif
+
+ // Trim path prefix off, assuming path came from standard llvm path.
+ // Leave "llvm/" prefix to distinguish the following llvm revision from the
+ // clang revision.
+ size_t Start = URL.find("llvm/");
+ if (Start != StringRef::npos)
+ URL = URL.substr(Start);
+
+ return URL;
+}
+
+std::string getClangRevision() {
+#ifdef SVN_REVISION
+ return SVN_REVISION;
+#else
+ return "";
+#endif
+}
+
+std::string getLLVMRevision() {
+#ifdef LLVM_REVISION
+ return LLVM_REVISION;
+#else
+ return "";
+#endif
+}
+
+std::string getClangFullRepositoryVersion() {
+ std::string buf;
+ llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(buf);
+ std::string Path = getClangRepositoryPath();
+ std::string Revision = getClangRevision();
+ if (!Path.empty() || !Revision.empty()) {
+ OS << '(';
+ if (!Path.empty())
+ OS << Path;
+ if (!Revision.empty()) {
+ if (!Path.empty())
+ OS << ' ';
+ OS << Revision;
+ }
+ OS << ')';
+ }
+ // Support LLVM in a separate repository.
+ std::string LLVMRev = getLLVMRevision();
+ if (!LLVMRev.empty() && LLVMRev != Revision) {
+ OS << " (";
+ std::string LLVMRepo = getLLVMRepositoryPath();
+ if (!LLVMRepo.empty())
+ OS << LLVMRepo << ' ';
+ OS << LLVMRev << ')';
+ }
+ return OS.str();
+}
+
+std::string getClangFullVersion() {
+ std::string buf;
+ llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(buf);
+#ifdef CLANG_VENDOR
+ OS << CLANG_VENDOR;
+#endif
+ OS << "clang version " CLANG_VERSION_STRING " "
+ << getClangFullRepositoryVersion();
+
+ // If vendor supplied, include the base LLVM version as well.
+#ifdef CLANG_VENDOR
+ OS << " (based on LLVM " << PACKAGE_VERSION << ")";
+#endif
+
+ return OS.str();
+}
+
+std::string getClangFullCPPVersion() {
+ // The version string we report in __VERSION__ is just a compacted version of
+ // the one we report on the command line.
+ std::string buf;
+ llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(buf);
+#ifdef CLANG_VENDOR
+ OS << CLANG_VENDOR;
+#endif
+ OS << "Clang " CLANG_VERSION_STRING " ("
+ << getClangFullRepositoryVersion() << ')';
+ return OS.str();
+}
+
+} // end namespace clang
diff --git a/clang/lib/Basic/VersionTuple.cpp b/clang/lib/Basic/VersionTuple.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77aad39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/clang/lib/Basic/VersionTuple.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+//===- VersionTuple.cpp - Version Number Handling ---------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
+//
+// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
+// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the VersionTuple class, which represents a version in
+// the form major[.minor[.subminor]].
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+#include "clang/Basic/VersionTuple.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+
+using namespace clang;
+
+std::string VersionTuple::getAsString() const {
+ std::string Result;
+ {
+ llvm::raw_string_ostream Out(Result);
+ Out << *this;
+ }
+ return Result;
+}
+
+raw_ostream& clang::operator<<(raw_ostream &Out,
+ const VersionTuple &V) {
+ Out << V.getMajor();
+ if (llvm::Optional<unsigned> Minor = V.getMinor())
+ Out << '.' << *Minor;
+ if (llvm::Optional<unsigned> Subminor = V.getSubminor())
+ Out << '.' << *Subminor;
+ return Out;
+}
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.46.2) at 2024-12-28 04:43:06 +0000